ALBERT

All Library Books, journals and Electronic Records Telegrafenberg

Your email was sent successfully. Check your inbox.

An error occurred while sending the email. Please try again.

Proceed reservation?

Export
Filter
  • Books  (187)
  • English  (137)
  • German  (59)
  • Polish
  • 2020-2024  (33)
  • 2010-2014  (17)
  • 2005-2009  (46)
  • 2000-2004  (3)
  • 1985-1989  (98)
  • 1950-1954
  • 2023  (14)
  • 2020  (22)
  • 2010  (16)
  • 2006  (46)
  • 1988  (52)
  • 1987  (48)
  • AWI Reading room  (154)
  • AWI Archive  (33)
Collection
  • Books  (187)
Language
Years
Year
Branch Library
Reading Room Location
  • 1
    Call number: AWI G6-19-92375
    In: Berichte / Christian-Albrechts-Universität zu Kiel, Institut für Geowissenschaften, Nr. 9
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 278 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISSN: 0175-9302
    Series Statement: Berichte / Christian-Albrechts-Universität zu Kiel, Institut für Geowissenschaften 9
    Language: German
    Note: Zugleich: Dissertation, Christian-Albrechts-Universität zu Kiel, 1999 , INHALTSVERZEICHNIS 1. Einleitung 1.1 Kenntnisstand und offene Fragen 1.2 Fragestellung und Ziele dieser Arbeit 2. Umweltbedingungen in den Arbeitsgebieten 2.1 Hydrographie, Eisverhältnisse und NAO 2.2 Zur Variation von Wassertiefe und Breite der Dänemarkstraße und zur Vereisung Islands während des letzten Glazials 3. Methoden 3.1 Auswahl der Kernstationen 3.2 Probennahme und Analysen (Übersicht) 3.3 Zur Rekonstruktion von Paläobedingungen im Oberflächenwasser Zur Aussage stabiler Isotopenverhältnisse in planktischen Foraminiferen Zur Messung stabiler Isotopenverhältnisse Zur Massenspektrometrie Zur Rekonstruktion von Oberflächentemperaturen Alkane und Alkohole als Maß für Staubeintrag Eistranspmtiertes Material und vulkanische Aschen 3.4 Zur Rekonstruktion von Paläobedingungen im Zwischen-/ Tiefenwasser Häufigkeit von Cibicides- und anderen benthischen Arten (inkl. Taxonomie) Stabile Isotopenverhältnisse in benthischen Foraminiferen 3.5 AMS 14C-Datierungen Probenreinigung 3. 6 Hauptelementanalysen von vulkanischen Asche-Leithorizonten 3. 7 Geomagnetische Meßgrößen und magnetische Suszeptibiltät 3.8 Techniken zur Spektralanalyse 4. Methodische Ergebnisse 4.1 Zum Einfluß der Probenreinigung auf δ18O-/ δ13C-Werte 4.2 Probleme bei der langfristigen Reproduzierbarkeit von δ18O-Zeitreihen 4.3 Einfluß der Korngröße und Artendefinition planktischer Foraminiferen auf SST-Rekonstruktionen in hohen Breiten 4.4 Vergleich der stabilen Isotopenwerte von Cibicides lobatulus und Cibicidoides wuellerstorfi 5. Stratigraphische Grundlagen und Tiefenprofile der Klimasignale 5.1 Stratigraphische Korrelation zwischen parallel-gekernten GKG- und SL-/KL-Profilen 5.2 Flanktische δ18O-/ δ13C-Kurven, 14C-Alter und biostratigraphische Fixpunkte Westliches Islandbecken Kern PS2644 Kern PS2646 Kern PS2647 Kern 23351 Vøring-Plateau Kern 23071 Kern 23074 5.3 Benthische δ18O-/ δ13C-Werte in Kern PS2644 5.4 Siliziklastische Sedimentkomponenten: Eistransportiertes Material Westliches Islandbecken Kern PS2644 Kern PS2646 Kern PS2647 Vøring-Plateau Kern 23071 Kern 23074 5.5 Vulkanische Glasscherben in Kern PS2644: Wind- und Eiseintrag 5.6 Geochemie und Alter einzelner Tephralagen als Leithorizonte Westliches Islandbecken Kern PS2644 Kern PS2646 Kern PS2647 Vøring-Plateau Kern 23071 Kern 23074 5.7 Magnetische Suszeptibilität in den Kernen PS2644, PS2646 und PS2647 Kern PS2644 Kern PS2646 und PS2647 5.8 Geomagnetische Feldintensität und Richtungsänderungen in Kern PS2644 5.9 Variation von Planktonfauna und -flora Westliches Islandbecken: Kern PS2644 Kern PS2646 und PS2647 Vøring-Plateau: Kern 23071 und 23074 5.10 Benthische Foraminiferen in Kern PS2644 6. Entwicklung von Temperatur und Salzgehalt nördlich der Dänemark-Straße 6.1 Variation der Oberflächentemperatur nach Planktonforaminiferen 6.2 Variation der Oberflächentemperatur nach Uk37 6.3 Variation der Oberflächensalinität 7. Die Feinstratigraphie von Kern PS2644 als Basis für eine Eichung der 14C-Altersskala 22 - 55 ka 7.1 Korrelation zwischen den Klimasignalen in Kern PS2644 und der GISP2-Klimakurve zum Kalibrieren der 14C-Alter und Erstellen eines Altersmodells Tephrachronologische Marker Korrelationsparameter und -regeln Sonderfälle/ Probleme bei der Korrelation 7.2 Alters-stratigraphische Korrelation der Klimakurven von Kern 23071 und 23074 7.3 Variation der Altersanomalien zwischen 20 und 55 14C-ka 7.4 Variabilität des planktischen 14C-Reservoiralters in Schmelzwasserbeeinflußten Seegebieten Variation der planktischen 14C-Alter unmittelbar an der Basis von Heinrich-Ereignis 4 Unterschiede zwischen planktischen und benthischen 14C-Altern in der westlichen Islandsee. Zur Erklärung der inversen Altersdifferenzen 7.5 Differenz zwischen 14C- und Kalenderalter: Zeitliche Variation unter Einfluß des Erdmagnetfeldes - Modell und Befund 7.6 Sedimentationsraten der Kerne 23071, 23074 und PS2644 nach dem GISP2-Altersmodell Vøring-Plateau: Kerne 23071 und 23074 Südwest-Islandsee: Kern PS2644 8. Klimaoszillationen im Europäischen Nordmeer in der Zeit und Frequenzdomäne 8.1 "Der Einzelzyklus" in den Klimakurven von Kern PS2644 8.2 Zur Veränderlichkeit der Warm- und Kaltextreme sowie Zyklenlänge Besonderheiten in der Zyklenlänge Variation der Kalt-(Stadiale) Variation der Interstadiale 8.3 Periodizitäten der Klimasignale im Frequenzband der D.-Oe.-Zyklen. Der D.-Oe.-Zyklus von 1470 J., seine Multiplen und harmonischen Schwingungen Weitere Frequenzen: 1000-1150 Jahre- und 490- 510 Jahre-Zyklizitäten Höhere Frequenzen im Bereich von Jahrhunderten und Dekaden 8.4 Phasenbeziehungen und (örtliche) Steuemngsmechanismen der Dansgaard-Oeschger-Zyklen 9. Schlußfolgerungen Danksagung Literaturverzeichnis Anhang
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 2
    Call number: AWI A3-20-93434-2
    In: Meteorologische Abhandlungen / Institut für Meteorologie und Geophysik der Freien Universität Berlin, Band XXXII, Heft 2
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 218 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: Meteorologische Abhandlungen / Institut für Meteorologie und Geophysik der Freien Universität Berlin 32,2
    Language: German
    Note: Zugleich: Dissertation, Freie Unversität Berlin, [ca. 1963] , INHALTSVERZEICHNIS PROBLEMSTELLUNG UND ZIELSETZUNG 1. BEMERKUNGEN ZUM BEOBACHTUNGSGELÄNDE UND ZUM BEOBACHTUNGSMATERIAL 1.1 Das Beobachtungsgelände 1.2 Das Beobachtungsmaterial 2. HOMOGENITÄTSBETRACHTUNGEN 2.1 Temperatur 2.2 Niederschlag 2.3 Wind 2.4 Sonnenschein und Bewölkung 3. TEMPERATURVERHÄLTNISSE 3.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 3.2 Tageswerte 3.3 Pentadenwerte 3.4 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 3.5 Interdiurne Veränderlichkeit 3.6 Der tägliche Gang 3.7 Vorkommen bestimmter Schwellenwerte 3.71 Frost- und Eistage 3.72 Sommer- und Tropentage 4. DER WASSERGEHALT DER LUFT 4.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 4.2 Tageswerte 4.3 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 4.4 Interdiurne Veränderlichkeit 4.5 Der tägliche Gang 5. BEWÖLKUNGSVERHÄLTNISSE 5.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 5.2 Tageswerte 5.3 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 5.4 Der tägliche Gang 5.5 Heitere und trübe Tage 5.6 Nebel 6. SONNENSCHEIN 6.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 6.2 Tageswerte 6.3 Der tägliche Gang 7. NIEDERSCHLAGSVERHÄLTNISSE 7.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 7.2 Niederschlagsbereitschaft 7.3 Tageswerte 7.4 Der tägliche Gang 7.5 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 7.6 Niederschlags- und Trockenperioden 7.7 Niederschlag und Wind· 7.8 Schneeverhältnisse 7.81 Schneefall und Schneedecke 7.82 Schneehöhe 7.9 Gewitter 8. WINDVERHÄLTNISSE 8.1 Windrichtung 8.2 Windgeschwindigkeit 8.21 Der jährliche Gang 8.22 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 8.23 Sturmtage und Windstillen 8.24 Der tägliche Gang 9.ZUSAMMENFASSUNG VERZEICHNIS DER TEXTTABELLEN VERZEICHNIS DER ABBILDUNGEN LITERATURVERZEICHNIS TABELLENANHANG
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 3
    Call number: AWI A3-20-93434
    In: Meteorologische Abhandlungen / Institut für Meteorologie und Geophysik der Freien Universität Berlin, Band XXXII, Heft 1
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 121 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: Meteorologische Abhandlungen / Institut für Meteorologie und Geophysik der Freien Universität Berlin 32,1
    Language: German
    Note: Zugleich: Dissertation, Freie Unversität Berlin, [ca. 1963] , INHALTSVERZEICHNIS PROBLEMSTELLUNG UND ZIELSETZUNG 1. BEMERKUNGEN ZUM BEOBACHTUNGSGELÄNDE UND ZUM BEOBACHTUNGSMATERIAL 1.1 Das Beobachtungsgelände 1.2 Das Beobachtungsmaterial 2. HOMOGENITÄTSBETRACHTUNGEN 2.1 Temperatur 2.2 Niederschlag 2.3 Wind 2.4 Sonnenschein und Bewölkung 3. TEMPERATURVERHÄLTNISSE 3.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 3.2 Tageswerte 3.3 Pentadenwerte 3.4 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 3.5 Interdiurne Veränderlichkeit 3.6 Der tägliche Gang 3.7 Vorkommen bestimmter Schwellenwerte 3.71 Frost- und Eistage 3.72 Sommer- und Tropentage 4. DER WASSERGEHALT DER LUFT 4.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 4.2 Tageswerte 4.3 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 4.4 Interdiurne Veränderlichkeit 4.5 Der tägliche Gang 5. BEWÖLKUNGSVERHÄLTNISSE 5.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 5.2 Tageswerte 5.3 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 5.4 Der tägliche Gang 5.5 Heitere und trübe Tage 5.6 Nebel 6. SONNENSCHEIN 6.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 6.2 Tageswerte 6.3 Der tägliche Gang 7. NIEDERSCHLAGSVERHÄLTNISSE 7.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 7.2 Niederschlagsbereitschaft 7.3 Tageswerte 7.4 Der tägliche Gang 7.5 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 7.6 Niederschlags- und Trockenperioden 7.7 Niederschlag und Wind· 7.8 Schneeverhältnisse 7.81 Schneefall und Schneedecke 7.82 Schneehöhe 7.9 Gewitter 8. WINDVERHÄLTNISSE 8.1 Windrichtung 8.2 Windgeschwindigkeit 8.21 Der jährliche Gang 8.22 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 8.23 Sturmtage und Windstillen 8.24 Der tägliche Gang 9.ZUSAMMENFASSUNG VERZEICHNIS DER TEXTTABELLEN VERZEICHNIS DER ABBILDUNGEN LITERATURVERZEICHNIS TABELLENANHANG
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 4
    Call number: AWI Bio-23-95302
    Description / Table of Contents: Climate change of anthropogenic origin is affecting Earth’s biodiversity and therefore ecosystems and their services. High latitude ecosystems are even more impacted than the rest of Northern Hemisphere because of the amplified polar warming. Still, it is challenging to predict the dynamics of high latitude ecosystems because of complex interaction between abiotic and biotic components. As the past is the key to the future, the interpretation of past ecological changes to better understand ongoing processes is possible. In the Quaternary, the Pleistocene experienced several glacial and interglacial stages that affected past ecosystems. During the last Glacial, the Pleistocene steppe-tundra was covering most of unglaciated northern hemisphere and disappeared in parallel to the megafauna’s extinction at the transition to the Holocene (~11,700 years ago). The origin of the steppe-tundra decline is not well understood and knowledge on the mechanisms, which caused shifts in past communities and ecosystems, is of high priority as they are likely comparable to those affecting modern ecosystems. Lake or permafrost core sediments can be retrieved to investigate past biodiversity at transitions between glacial and interglacial stages. Siberia and Beringia were the origin of dispersal of the steppe-tundra, which make investigation this area of high priority. Until recently, macrofossils and pollen were the most common approaches. They are designed to reconstruct past composition changes but have limit and biases. Since the end of the 20th century, sedimentary ancient DNA (sedaDNA) can also be investigated. My main objectives were, by using sedaDNA approaches to provide scientific evidence of compositional and diversity changes in the Northern Hemisphere ecosystems at the transition between Quaternary glacial and interglacial stages. In this thesis, I provide snapshots of entire ancient ecosystems and describe compositional changes between Quaternary glacial and interglacial stages, and confirm the vegetation composition and the spatial and temporal boundaries of the Pleistocene steppe-tundra. I identify a general loss of plant diversity with extinction events happening in parallel of megafauna’ extinction. I demonstrate how loss of biotic resilience led to the collapse of a previously well-established system and discuss my results in regards to the ongoing climate change. With further work to constrain biases and limits, sedaDNA can be used in parallel or even replace the more established macrofossils and pollen approaches as my results support the robustness and potential of sedaDNA to answer new palaeoecological questions such as plant diversity changes, loss and provide snapshots of entire ancient biota.
    Description / Table of Contents: Der vom Menschen verursachte Klimawandel wirkt sich auf die biologische Vielfalt der Erde und damit auf die Ökosysteme und ihre Leistungen aus. Die Ökosysteme in den hohen Breitengraden sind aufgrund der verstärkten Erwärmung an den Polen noch stärker betroffen als der Rest der nördlichen Hemisphäre. Dennoch ist es schwierig, die Dynamik von Ökosystemen in den hohen Breitengraden vorherzusagen, da die Wechselwirkungen zwischen abiotischen und biotischen Komponenten sehr komplex sind. Da die Vergangenheit der Schlüssel zur Zukunft ist, ist die Interpretation vergangener ökologischer Veränderungen möglich, um laufende Prozesse besser zu verstehen. Im Quartär durchlief das Pleistozän mehrere glaziale und interglaziale Phasen, welche die Ökosysteme der Vergangenheit beeinflussten. Während des letzten Glazials bedeckte die pleistozäne Steppentundra den größten Teil der unvergletscherten nördlichen Hemisphäre und verschwand parallel zum Aussterben der Megafauna am Übergang zum Holozän (vor etwa 11 700 Jahren). Der Ursprung des Rückgangs der Steppentundra ist nicht gut erforscht, und die Kenntnis über die Mechanismen, die zu den Veränderungen in den vergangenen Lebensgemeinschaften und Ökosystemen geführt haben, ist von hoher Priorität, da sie wahrscheinlich mit denen vergleichbar sind, die sich auf moderne Ökosysteme auswirken. Durch die Entnahme von See- oder Permafrostkernsedimenten kann die vergangene Artenvielfalt an den Übergängen zwischen Eis- und Zwischeneiszeiten untersucht werden. Sibirien und Beringia waren der Ursprung der Ausbreitung der Steppentundra, weshalb die Untersuchung dieses Gebiets hohe Priorität hat. Bis vor kurzem waren Makrofossilien und Pollen die gängigsten Methoden. Sie dienen der Rekonstruktion vergangener Veränderungen in der Zusammensetzung der Bevölkerung, haben aber ihre Grenzen und Schwächen. Seit Ende des 20. Jahrhunderts kann auch sedimentäre alte DNA (sedaDNA) untersucht werden. Mein Hauptziel war es, durch den Einsatz von sedaDNA-Ansätzen wissenschaftliche Beweise für Veränderungen in der Zusammensetzung und Vielfalt der Ökosysteme der nördlichen Hemisphäre am Übergang zwischen den quartären Eiszeiten und Zwischeneiszeiten zu liefern. In dieser Arbeit liefere ich Momentaufnahmen ganzer alter Ökosysteme und beschreibe die Veränderungen in der Zusammensetzung zwischen Quartärglazialen und Interglazialen und bestätige die Vegetationszusammensetzung sowie die räumlichen und zeitlichen Grenzen der pleistozänen Steppentundra. Ich stelle einen allgemeinen Verlust der Pflanzenvielfalt fest, wobei das Aussterben der Pflanzen parallel zum Aussterben der Megafauna verlief. Ich zeige auf, wie der Verlust der biotischen Widerstandsfähigkeit zum Zusammenbruch eines zuvor gut etablierten Systems führte, und diskutiere meine Ergebnisse im Hinblick auf den laufenden Klimawandel. Mit weiteren Arbeiten zur Eingrenzung von Verzerrungen und Grenzen kann sedaDNA parallel zu den etablierteren Makrofossilien- und Pollenansätzen verwendet werden oder diese sogar ersetzen, da meine Ergebnisse die Robustheit und das Potenzial von sedaDNA zur Beantwortung neuer paläoökologischer Fragen wie Veränderungen der Pflanzenvielfalt und -verluste belegen und Momentaufnahmen ganzer alter Biota liefern.
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: vi, 217 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2023 , TABLE OF CONTENTS Acknowledgements Summary Zusammenfassung 1 General introduction 1.1 A changing world 1.1.1 Global changes of anthropogenic origin 1.1.2 Amplified crisis in the high latitudes 1.2 The past is the key to the future 1.2.1 The Quaternary glacial and interglacial stages 1.2.2 The Beringia study case 1.3 Investigating past biodiversity 1.3.1 Traditional tools 1.3.2 Newest sedaDNA proxies 1.4 Motivation and aims of the thesis 1.5 Structure of the thesis 1.6 Author’s contributions 2 Manuscript I 2.1 Abstract 2.2 Introduction 2.3 Materials and Methods 2.3.1 Geographical settings 2.3.2 Fieldwork and subsampling 2.3.3 Core splicing and dating 2.3.4 Sediment-geochemical analyses 2.3.5 Pollen analysis 2.3.6 Molecular genetic preparation 2.3.7 Processing of sedaDNA data 2.3.8 Statistical analysis and visualization 2.4 Results 2.4.1 Age model 2.4.2 Sediment-geochemical core composition 2.4.3 Pollen stratigraphy 2.4.4 sedaDNA composition 2.4.5 Comparison between pollen and sedaDNA 2.4.6 Taxa richness investigation 2.5 Discussion 2.5.1 Proxy validation 2.5.2 Vegetation compositional changes in response to climate inferred from pollen and sedaDNA records 2.5.3 The steppe-tundra of the Late Pleistocene 2.5.4 The disrupted Pleistocene-Holocene transition 2.5.5 The boreal forest of the Holocene 2.5.6 Changes in vegetation richness through the Pleistocene/Holocene transition inferred from the sedaDNA record 2.6 Conclusion Data availability statement Funding References 3 Manuscript II 3.1 Abstract 3.2 Introduction 3.3 Material and Method 3.3.1 Site description and timeframe 3.3.2 Sampling, DNA extraction and PCR 3.3.3 Filtering and cleaning dataset 3.3.4 Identification of taxa – species signal 3.3.5 Resampling 3.3.6 Assessment of the species pool stability 3.3.7 Quantification of extinct and extirpated taxa 3.3.8 Characterisation of species and candidate species 3.4 Results 3.4.1 Changes in the composition and species pool at the Pleistocene - Holocene transition 3.4.2 Decrease in the regional plant species richness between the Pleistocene and the Holocene 3.4.3 Identification of loss taxa events 3.4.4 Characterisation of lost taxa 3.5 Discussion 3.5.1 Biotic and abiotic changes in the ecosystem - a cocktail for extinction 3.5.2 Identification and quantification of potential plant taxa loss 3.5.3 Characterisation of potential taxa loss 3.5.4 Limits of the method 3.5.5 Conclusions and perspectives Funding References 4 Manuscript III 4.1 Abstract 4.2 Introduction 4.3 Material & Methods 4.3.1 Fieldwork and subsampling 4.3.2 Chronology 4.3.3 Pollen analysis 4.3.4 Isolation of sedimentary ancient DNA 4.3.5 Metabarcoding approach 4.3.6 Shotgun approach 4.3.7 Bioinformatic processing 4.4 Results 4.4.1 General results of the three approaches: pollen, metabarcoding and shotgun sequencing 4.4.2 Plants (Viridiplantae) 4.4.3 Fungi 4.4.4 Mammals (Mammalia) 4.4.5 Birds (Aves) 4.4.6 Insects (Insecta) 4.4.7 Prokaryotes (Bacteria, Archaea) and Viruses 4.5 Discussion 4.5.1 Interglacial communities 4.5.2 Glacial communities 4.5.3 Potential and limitations of the sedaDNA shotgun approach applied to ancient permafrost sediments 4.6 Conclusions Data availability statement Funding References 5 Synthesis 5.1 Ecological changes between glacial and interglacial stages 5.1.1 Changes in the compositional structure 5.1.2 Loss of plant diversity 5.1.3 Potential drivers of change 5.2 High potential of sedaDNA for past biodiversity reconstruction 5.3 Conclusions and future perspectives Bibliography Appendices Appendix 1: Supplementary material for Manuscript I Appendix 2: Supplementary material for Manuscript II Appendix 3: Supplementary material for Manuscript III Appendix 4: Manuscript IV Eidesstattliche Erklärung
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 5
    Call number: AWI G2-23-95540
    In: World ocean review, 8
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 243 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 978-3-86648-733-8 , 9783866487338
    Series Statement: World ocean review 8
    Language: English
    Note: Inhaltsverzeichnis Vorwort Kapitel 1 Dringlichst gesucht – Wege aus der Klimakrise Alarmstufe Rot für Mensch und Natur Lösungen für das Treibhausgas-Problem? CONCLUSIO: Die Klimakrise kennt nur eine Lösung: Treibhausgasneutralität Kapitel 2 Die Rolle des Ozeans im Kohlenstoffkreislauf der Erde Wie der Ozean Kohlendioxid aufnimmt CONCLUSIO: Kohlenstoffspeicher Ozean: Riesig, effizient und in Gefahr 67 Kapitel 3 Das ungenutzte Klimaschutzpotenzial der Ökosysteme an Land Wälder, Wiesen und Böden als Kohlenstoffspeicher CONCLUSIO: Lösungen, die viel zu selten umgesetzt werden Kapitel 4 Marine CDR-Verfahren: Forschung unter Zeit- und Erwartungsdruck Ein Ozean der Möglichkeiten oder gefährlicher Hype? Kapitel 5 Mehr Kohlenstoffeinlagerung in Wiesen und Wäldern des Meeres? Blue Carbon: Ein Lösungsansatz mit doppeltem Nutzen CONCLUSIO: Küstenökosysteme: Marine Kohlenstoffsenke mit unverzichtbaren Zusatzleistungen Kapitel 6 Künstlicher Auftrieb: Die Idee von der Begrünung des Ozeans Eine Anschubhilfe für die biologische Kohlenstoffpumpe CONCLUSIO: Künstlicher Auftrieb – Prädikat: „nur bedingt nützlich“ Kapitel 7 Gezielte Eingriffe in die Meereschemie Alkalinitätserhöhung: Verfahren in den Kinderschuhen CONCLUSIO: Alkalinitätserhöhung – theoretisch verstanden, im Feld jedoch kaum getestet Kapitel 8 Kohlendioxid verpressen tief unter dem Meer Gasspeicherung in Sandsteinschichten und Basaltgestein CONCLUSIO: Kohlendioxidspeicherung unter dem Meer: Ein umstrittenes Verfahren im Aufwind Kapitel 9 Leitprinzipien und Regeln für einen Einsatz mariner CDR-Verfahren Wie regelt man eine verstärkte CO2-Aufnahme des Meeres? CONCLUSIO: Regulierung möglicher CDR-Einsätze: Gebraucht werden klare Strategien und Vorschriften Gesamt-Conclusio Abkürzungen Quellenverzeichnis Mitwirkende Index Partner und Danksagung Abbildungsverzeichnis Impressum .
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 6
    Call number: AWI G2-23-95434
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: X, 438 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783946729303 , 978-3-946729-30-3
    ISSN: 0932-2205
    Series Statement: Excellence in Ecology 30
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 7
    Call number: AWI G5-24-95642
    In: Developments in paleoenvironmental research, 21
    In: Tracking environmental change using lake sediments, 6
    Description / Table of Contents: This book, entitled Tracking Environmental Change Using Lake Sediments: Volume 6 – Sedimentary DNA, provides an overview of the applications of sedimentary DNA-based approaches to paleolimnological studies. These approaches have shown considerable potential in providing information about the long-term changes of overall biodiversity in lakes and their watersheds in response to natural and anthropogenic changes, as well as tracking human migrations over the last thousands of years. Although the first studies investigating the preservation of these molecular proxies in sediments originate from the late-1990s, the number of scientific publications on this topic has increased greatly over the last five years. Alongside numerous ecological findings, several sedimentary DNA studies have been dedicated to understanding the reliability of this approach to reconstruct past ecosystem changes. Despite the major surge of interest, a comprehensive compilation of sedimentary DNA approaches and applications has yet to be attempted. The overall aim of this DPER volume is to fill this knowledge gap.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xxiii, 437 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783031437991 , 978-3-031-43798-4 , 9783031437984
    Series Statement: Developments in paleoenvironmental research 21
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Using Lake Sedimentary DNA to Reconstruct Biodiversity Changes / Eric Capo, Cécilia Barouillet, and John P. Smol 2 The Sources and Fates of Lake Sedimentary DNA / Charline Giguet-Covex, Stanislav Jelavić, Anthony Foucher, Marina A. Morlock, Susanna A. Wood, Femke Augustijns, Isabelle Domaizon, Ludovic Gielly, and Eric Capo 3 The Sedimentary Ancient DNA Workflow / Peter D. Heintzman, Kevin Nota, Alexandra Rouillard, Youri Lammers, Tyler J. Murchie, Linda Armbrecht, Sandra Garcés-Pastor, and Benjamin Vernot 4 Bacterial and Archaeal DNA from Lake Sediments / Aurèle Vuillemin, Marco J. L. Coolen, Jens Kallmeyer, Susanne Liebner, and Stefan Bertilsson 5 Cyanobacterial DNA from Lake Sediments / Marie-Eve Monchamp and Frances R. Pick 6 Protist DNA from Lake Sediments / Cécilia Barouillet, Isabelle Domaizon, and Eric Capo 7 Diatom DNA from Lake Sediments / Katharina Dulias, Laura S. Epp, and Kathleen R. Stoof-Leichsenring 8 Aquatic Vegetation DNA from Lake Sediments / Aloïs Revéret, Inger G. Alsos, and Peter D. Heintzman 9 Aquatic Animal DNA from Lake Sediments / Irene Gregory-Eaves, Marie-Eve Monchamp, and Zofia E. Taranu 10 Terrestrial Plant DNA from Lake Sediments / Sandra Garcés-Pastor, Kevin Nota, Dilli P. Rijal, Sisi Liu, Weihan Jia, Maria Leunda, Christoph Schwörer, Sarah E. Crump, Laura Parducci, and Inger G. Alsos 11 Terrestrial Fauna and Hominin DNA from Sedimentary Archives / Tyler J. Murchie, Charline Giguet-Covex, Peter D. Heintzman, Viviane Slon, and Yucheng Wang 12 An Overview of Biodiversity and Network Modeling Approaches: Applications to Sedimentary DNA Records / Zofia E. Taranu, Irene Gregory-Eaves, and Marie-Eve Monchamp 13 Perspectives and Future Developments Within Sedimentary DNA Research / Luke E. Holman, Yi Wang, Rikai Sawafuji, Laura S. Epp, Kristine Bohmann, and Mikkel Winther Pedersen Glossary, Acronyms and Abbreviations Index
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 8
    Call number: AWI G3-24-95700
    Description / Table of Contents: With Arctic ground as a huge and temperature-sensitive carbon reservoir, maintaining low ground temperatures and frozen conditions to prevent further carbon emissions that contrib-ute to global climate warming is a key element in humankind’s fight to maintain habitable con-ditions on earth. Former studies showed that during the late Pleistocene, Arctic ground condi-tions were generally colder and more stable as the result of an ecosystem dominated by large herbivorous mammals and vast extents of graminoid vegetation – the mammoth steppe. Characterised by high plant productivity (grassland) and low ground insulation due to animal-caused compression and removal of snow, this ecosystem enabled deep permafrost aggrad-ation. Now, with tundra and shrub vegetation common in the terrestrial Arctic, these effects are not in place anymore. However, it appears to be possible to recreate this ecosystem local-ly by artificially increasing animal numbers, and hence keep Arctic ground cold to reduce or-ganic matter decomposition and carbon release into the atmosphere. By measuring thaw depth, total organic carbon and total nitrogen content, stable carbon iso-tope ratio, radiocarbon age, n-alkane and alcohol characteristics and assessing dominant vegetation types along grazing intensity transects in two contrasting Arctic areas, it was found that recreating conditions locally, similar to the mammoth steppe, seems to be possible. For permafrost-affected soil, it was shown that intensive grazing in direct comparison to non-grazed areas reduces active layer depth and leads to higher TOC contents in the active layer soil. For soil only frozen on top in winter, an increase of TOC with grazing intensity could not be found, most likely because of confounding factors such as vertical water and carbon movement, which is not possible with an impermeable layer in permafrost. In both areas, high animal activity led to a vegetation transformation towards species-poor graminoid-dominated landscapes with less shrubs. Lipid biomarker analysis revealed that, even though the available organic material is different between the study areas, in both permafrost-affected and sea-sonally frozen soils the organic material in sites affected by high animal activity was less de-composed than under less intensive grazing pressure. In conclusion, high animal activity af-fects decomposition processes in Arctic soils and the ground thermal regime, visible from reduced active layer depth in permafrost areas. Therefore, grazing management might be utilised to locally stabilise permafrost and reduce Arctic carbon emissions in the future, but is likely not scalable to the entire permafrost region.
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: X, 104, A-57 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2024 , Table of contents ABSTRACT ZUSAMMENFASSUNG ABBREVIATIONS AND NOMENCLATURE CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTION 1.1 SCIENTIFIC BACKGROUND 1.1.1 ARCTIC GROUND 1.1.2 THE PHENOMENON OF PERMAFROST 1.1.3 ARCTIC NON - PERMAFROST AREAS 1.1.4 HYPOTHESIS 1.2 AIMS AND OBJECTIVES 1.3 METHODS 1.3.1 FIELD METHODS AND SAMPLING APPROACH 1.3.2 STUDY AREA SELECTION 1.3.3 LABORATORY METHODS 1.4 THESIS ORGANISATION CHAPTER 2: LARGE HERBIVORES ON PERMAFROST – A PILOT STUDY OF GRAZING IMPACTS ON PERMAFROST SOIL CARBON STORAGE IN NORTHEASTERN SIBERIA 2.1 ABSTRACT 2.2 I NTRODUCTION 2.3 STUDY AREA 2.4 METHODS 2.4.1 FIELD SAMPLING APPROACH 2.4.2 LABORATORY WORK 2.4.3 DATA ANALYSIS AND EXTERNAL DATA 2.5 RESULTS 2.5.1 VEGETATION ASSESSMENT 2.5.2 SEASONAL THAW DEPTH 2.5.3 CARBON PARAMETERS (TOC, TOC/TN RATIOS , AND Δ13 C RATIOS ) 2.5.4 GRAIN SIZE DISTRIBUTION AND WATER CONTENT 2.5.5 STATISTICS AND CORRELATION ANALYSIS 2.6 DISCUSSION 2.6.1 EFFECTS OF GRAZING ON VEGETATION STRUCTURE AND PERMAFROST THAW 2.6.2 CARBON ACCUMULATION UNDER GRAZING IMPACT 2.6.3 METHODOLOGICAL LIMITATIONS OF THE PILOT STUDY 2.7 CONCLUSION 2.8 DATA AVAILABILITY STATEMENT 2.9 AUTHOR CONTRIBUTIONS 2.10 FUNDING 2.11 ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 2.12 CONFLICT OF INTERESTS CHAPTER 3: IMPACTS OF REINDEER ON SOIL CARBON STORAGE IN THE SEASONALLY FROZEN GROUND OF NORTHERN FINLAND: A PILOT STUDY 3.1 ABSTRACT 3.2 I NTRODUCTION 3.3 STUDY AREA 3.4 METHODS 3.4.1 FIELD WORK 3.4.2 LABORATORY ANALYSIS 3.4.3 DATA ANALYSIS AND CALCULATIONS 3.5 RESULTS 3.5.1 CORE DESCRIPTIONS 3.5.2 VEGETATION 3.5.3 CARBON PARAMETERS 3.5.6 COMPARATIVE DATA ANALYSIS 3.6 DISCUSSION 3.6.1 REINDEER IMPACT ON SOIL CARBON STORAGE 3.6.2 REINDEER IMPACT ON VEGETATION 3.6.3 REINDEER IMPACT ON GROUND CHARACTERISTICS 3.6.4 SOC DENSITY AND STOCKS ACROSS THE KUTUHARJU STATION AREA 3.6.5 METHODOLOGICAL LIMITATIONS OF THE PILOT STUDY DESIGN 3.6.6 IMPLICATIONS OF THE PILOT STUDY FOR FUTURE RESEARCH 3.7 CONCLUSION 3.8 DATA AVAILABILITY 3.9 AUTHOR CONTRIBUTION 3.10 COMPETING INTERESTS 3.11 ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 3.12 FUNDING TABLE 3-1 TABLE 3-2 TABLE 3-3 CHAPTER 4: LIPID BIOMARKER SCREENING TO TRACE RECENT LARGE HERBIVORE INFLUENCE ON SOIL CARBON IN PERMAFROST AND SEASONALLY FROZEN ARCTIC GROUND 4.1 ABSTRACT 4.2 I NTRODUCTION 4.3 STUDY AREA 4.4 METHODS 4.4.1 SAMPLING APPROACH 4.4.2 LABORATORY ANALYSIS 4.4.3 LIPID BIOMARKER INDICES 4.4.4 STATISTICS 4.5 RESULTS 4.5.1 TOC 4.5.2 C/N RATIO 4.5.3 STABLE CARBON ISOTOPE RATIO 4.5.4 ABSOLUTE N- ALKANE CONCENTRATION 4.5.5 AVERAGE CHAIN LENGTH 4.5.6 CARBON PREFERENCE INDEX 4.5.7 HIGHER - PLANT ALCOHOL INDEX 4.5.8 STATISTICAL RESULTS 4.6 DISCUSSION 4.6.1 EFFECTS OF GRAZING INTENSITY ON BIOMARKER SIGNALS 4.6.2 EFFECTS OF GROUND THERMAL REGIME ON SOIL OM DEGRADATION 4.6.3 I MPACT OF HERBIVORY ON PERMAFROST OM STORAGE 4.7 CONCLUSION 4.8 ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 4.9 COMPETING INTERESTS 4.10 AUTHOR CONTRIBUTION 4.11 FUNDING 4.12 DATA AVAILABILITY CHAPTER 5: SYNTHESIS 5.1 ECOSYSTEM CHANGES UNDER THE IMPACT OF LARGE HERBIVORES 5.2 GRAZING EFFECTS ON SOIL ORGANIC MATTER DECOMPOSITION 5.3 F EASIBILITY OF UTILISING HERBIVORY IN THE ARCTIC 5.4 RESEARCH IMPLICATIONS FOR SUCCESSFUL PLANNING AND USE OF ARCTIC HERBIVORY REFERENCES 93 FINANCIAL AND TECHNICAL SUPPORT APPENDIX 1 APPENDIX I ORGANIC CARBON CHARACTERISTICS IN ICE - RICH PERMAFROST IN ALAS AND YEDOMA DEPOSITS , CENTRAL YAKUTIA, SIBERIA APPENDIX II WHAT ARE THE EFFECTS OF HERBIVORE DIVERSITY ON TUNDRA ECOSYSTEMS ? A SYSTEMATIC REVIEW (ABSTRACT) APPENDIX III SUPPLEMENTARY MATERIAL TO CHAPTER 2: LARGE HERBIVORES ON PERMAFROST – A PILOT STUDY OF GRAZING IMPACTS ON PERMAFROST SOIL CARBON STORAGE IN NORTHEASTERN SIBERIA APPENDIX IV SUPPLEMENTARY MATERIAL TO CHAPTER 3: IMPACTS OF REINDEER ON SOIL CARBON STORAGE IN THE SEASONALLY FROZEN GROUND OF NORTHERN FINLAND : A PILOT STUDY APPENDIX V SUPPLEMENTARY MATERIAL TO CHAPTER 4: A PILOT STUDY OF LIPID BIOMARKERS TO TRACE RECENT LARGE HERBIVORE INFLUENCE ON SOIL CARBON IN PERMAFROST AND SEASONALLY ROZEN ARCTIC GROUND APPENDIX VI SUPPLEMENTARY MATERIAL TO APPENDIX IV: ORGANIC CARBON CHARACTERISTICS IN ICE - RICH PERMAFROST IN ALAS AND YEDOMA DEPOSITS , CENTRAL YAKUTIA, SIBERIA ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS - DANKSAGUNG
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 9
    Call number: AWI G3-24-95728
    Description / Table of Contents: This atlas is an attempt to translate and consolidate the available knowledge on permafrost. It is a timely book suffused with the compelling enthusiasm of its authors and contributors. Close to a hundred individuals participated in its making, and it does a magnificent job at describing permafrost with maps, words, art, and stories. Far from being an academic product in the traditional sense, it gathers the knowledge from the voices of scientists, Indigenous Peoples, northern residents, and local practitioners to provide a holistic and inclusive view of today’s challenges in the “country of permafrost”.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 174 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Foreword Prologue Earth’s Freezer: Introduction to Permafrost Frozen grounds: Permafrost in the Arctic Permafrost in profile: Landscape features Frozen in time: The history of permafrost An icy balance: Arctic permafrost physiography What lies within: Organic carbon in permafrost When ice grows up: Pingo Canadian Landmark Drilling down: Learning the secrets of permafrost Portrait: Annett Bartsch Un/settled: Life on frozen ground Frozen States I: Russian Federation Portrait: Vyacheslav Shadrin Frozen States II: North America Portrait: Jessi Pascal Frozen States III: Nordic region Portrait: Palle Jeremiassen Awakening Giant: Permafrost and Climate Change Warming up, warming down: Increasing ground temperatures The chill is gone: Thickening of the active layer Disappearing act: Declining permafrost extent Microorganisms, macro effects: Permafrost carbon cycle Faster, deeper, stronger I: Speed of thaw in North America Faster, deeper, stronger II: Speed of thaw in Scandinavia and the Russian Federation Crossing the threshold: Future scenarios of carbon release Portrait: Dmitry Streletskiy Moving Grounds: Permafrost Changes Frost and flora: The role of vegetation in permafrost landscapes Fire on ice: Peat, permafrost, and fire State of matter: Water, snow, and permafrost The rivers run through it: Arctic rivers, deltas and hydrology Along the edge of the world: Arctic coastal classification Wear and tear: Erosion of Arctic permafrost coasts Eating into the landscape: Retrogressive thaw slumps Portrait: Angus Alunik Losing ground: Projected rates of Arctic coastal erosion Beneath the waves: Changes in subsea permafrost Arctic Ripples: Impacts of Permafrost Thaw Feeling the heat: Permafrost thaw impacts on infrastructure Risky business I: North American Arctic and Kalaallit Nunaat (Greenland) Risky business II: The Russian Federation and Scandinavian Arctic Terra infirma I: Coastal infrastructure in Yamalo-Nenets Portrait: Susanna Gartler Terra infirma II: Reinforcing runways in Paulatuk Terra infirma III: Keeping cold food cold in Alaska Terra infirma IV: Urban planning in Ilulissat Nothing in isolation: Health and wellness and permafrost Portrait: Gwen Healey Akearok Toxic grounds: Contaminants and environmental health Coming back to life: Reemerging pathogens Frozen assets I: The formal economy Frozen assets II: Traditional and subsistence activities Cultural homeland: Alaas landscapes in Yakutia Holding Tight: Adaptation to Permafrost Thaw Bumpy road ahead: Transportation infrastructure and permafrost Undermined: Mining infrastructure and permafrost Keeping the light on: Energy infrastructure and permafrost No time to waste: Waste management and permafrost Modern history: Preserving Svalbard’s cultural heritage Portrait: Ingrid Rekkavik Going South: Permafrost in Other Areas A planetary perspective: Permafrost outside the Arctic Frozen giants: Permafrost in the mountains The view from the top: The Qinghai-Tibetan Plateau, Hindu Kush Himalaya, and Andes Europe’s frozen heart: Permafrost in the Alps The ends of the Earth I: Permafrost in Antarctica The ends of the Earth II: Antarctic Peninsula The ends of the Earth III: Queen Maud Land, Victoria Land, and the McMurdo Dry Valleys Over the Horizon Authors and contributors Acknowledgments Artist spotlight: Olga Borjon-Privé (Oluko) Artist spotlight: Katie Orlinsky Glossary Acronyms References
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 10
    Call number: AWI A4-23-95497
    Description / Table of Contents: Extreme weather and climate events are one of the greatest dangers for present-day society. Therefore, it is important to provide reliable statements on what changes in extreme events can be expected along with future global climate change. However, the projected overall response to future climate change is generally a result of a complex interplay between individual physical mechanisms originated within the different climate subsystems. Hence, a profound understanding of these individual contributions is required in order to provide meaningful assessments of future changes in extreme events. One aspect of climate change is the recently observed phenomenon of Arctic Amplification and the related dramatic Arctic sea ice decline, which is expected to continue over the next decades. The question to what extent Arctic sea ice loss is able to affect atmospheric dynamics and extreme events over mid-latitudes has received a lot of attention over recent years and still remains a highly debated topic. In this respect, the objective of ...
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: xi, 126 Seiten , Diagramme
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2023 , CONTENTS 1 SCIENTIFIC BACKGROUND AND RESEARCH QUESTIONS 1.1 Extreme events and attribution 1.2 Arctic climate change and mid-latitude linkages 1.3 Research questions 2 FOUNDATIONS 2.1 Atmospheric basics 2.1.1 Governing equations 2.1.2 Zonal wind and temperature profiles 2.1.3 Atmospheric waves and instabilities 2.1.4 Large-scale variability patterns and blocking 2.2 Atmospheric circulation regimes 2.2.1 Dynamical concepts 2.2.2 Regime computation 2.2.3 Regime number 2.3 Arctic climate change 2.3.1 Recent trends in Arctic sea ice and temperatures 2.3.2 Surface fluxes and energy balance in Arctic regions 2.3.3 Polar amplification mechanisms 2.3.4 Arctic-mid-latitude linkages 2.4 Weather and climate extremes 2.4.1 Recent trends 2.4.2 Dynamical driver of temperature extremes 3 DATA AND METHODS 3.1 ERA5 reanalysis 3.2 Model experiments 3.2.1 The atmospheric general circulation model ECHAM6 3.2.2 Polar Amplification Intercomparison Project data 3.3 Methods 3.3.1 Statistical significance 3.3.2 Extreme definition 4 RESULTS AND DISCUSSION 4.1 Mean circulation in ERA5 and ECHAM6 experiments 4.1.1 Climatological mean states in ERA5 and the reference simulation 4.1.2 Climatological responses in ECHAM6 sensitivity experiments 4.2 Circulation regimes and sea ice-induced frequency changes 4.2.1 Regime structures in ERA5 and ECHAM6 experiments 4.2.2 Regime frequency changes in ERA 4.2.3 Regime frequency changes in ECHAM6 experiments 4.3 Changes in Northern Hemispheric temperature extremes induced by sea ice loss 4.3.1 Extreme occurrence frequency changes 4.3.2 Temperature return level changes 4.4 Links between circulation regimes and extremes over Europe 4.4.1 Winter temperature extremes 4.4.2 Summer heat extremes 4.4.3 Winter wind extremes 4.5 Decomposition of sea ice-induced frequency changes in European winter extremes 4.5.1 Midwinter cold extremes along a SCAN storyline 4.5.2 January warm extremes along a ATl- storyline 4.5.3 February warm extremes along a NAO+ storyline 4.5.4 Comparison with futSST 4.5.5 January wind extremes along a ATL- storyline 4.6 Circulation Analogue-based approach for summer season 4.6.1 ERA5 event definitions 4.6.2 Reference flows and analogues in ERA5 4.6.3 Circulation analogues in ECHAM6 experiments 4.6.4 Decomposition of sea ice-induced changes in European heat extremes 5 CONCLUSION 5.1 Summary 5.2 Final discussion and outlook Appendix A METHODS A.1 Principal Component Analysis A.2 𝑘-Means clustering A.2.1 Algorithm A.2.2 Computation of circulation regimes A.3 Taylor diagram A.4 Regression model for describing ERA5 regime frequency changes A.4.1 General setup A.4.2 Multinomial Logistic Regression A.4.3 Linear predictor A.5 Definition and calculation of return levels A.5.1 Block maxima approach and Generalized Extreme Value distribution A.5.2 Return level estimation A.6 Framework for conditional extreme event attribution Appendix B ADDITIONAL FIGURES B.1 Circulation regimes and sea ice-induced frequency changes B.2 Changes in Northern Hemispheric temperature extremes induced by sea ice loss B.3 Links between circulation regimes and extremes over Europe B.3.1 Conditioned vs. unconditioned ERA5 and wind extreme probabilities B.3.2 Wind and synoptic-scale activity anomalies B.4 Decomposition of sea ice-induced frequency changes in European winter extremes B.5 Circulation Analogue-based approach for summer season B.6 Miscellaneous B.6.1 Recent Arctic sea ice trends B.6.2 futSST forcing field B.6.3 Fluxes over sea ice and ocean surfaces in ECHAM6 BIBLIOGRAPHY
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 11
    Call number: AWI A7-24-95703
    Description / Table of Contents: The icosahedral non-hydrostatic large eddy model (ICON-LEM) was applied around the drift track of the Multidisciplinary Observatory Study of the Arctic (MOSAiC) in 2019 and 2020. The model was set up with horizontal grid-scales between 100m and 800m on areas with radii of 17.5km and 140 km. At its lateral boundaries, the model was driven by analysis data from the German Weather Service (DWD), downscaled by ICON in limited area mode (ICON-LAM) with horizontal grid-scale of 3 km. The aim of this thesis was the investigation of the atmospheric boundary layer near the surface in the central Arctic during polar winter with a high-resolution mesoscale model. The default settings in ICON-LEM prevent the model from representing the exchange processes in the Arctic boundary layer in accordance to the MOSAiC observations. The implemented sea-ice scheme in ICON does not include a snow layer on sea-ice, which causes a too slow response of the sea-ice surface temperature to atmospheric changes. To allow the sea-ice surface to respond faster to changes in the atmosphere, the implemented sea-ice parameterization in ICON was extended with an adapted heat capacity term. The adapted sea-ice parameterization resulted in better agreement with the MOSAiC observations. However, the sea-ice surface temperature in the model is generally lower than observed due to biases in the downwelling long-wave radiation and the lack of complex surface structures, like leads. The large eddy resolving turbulence closure yielded a better representation of the lower boundary layer under strongly stable stratification than the non-eddy-resolving turbulence closure. Furthermore, the integration of leads into the sea-ice surface reduced the overestimation of the sensible heat flux for different weather conditions. The results of this work help to better understand boundary layer processes in the central Arctic during the polar night. High-resolving mesoscale simulations are able to represent temporally and spatially small interactions and help to further develop parameterizations also for the application in regional and global models.
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: xii, 110 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2023 , Contents 1. Introduction 2. Boundary Layers Types of the Atmosphere 2.1. The Convective Boundary Layer (CBL) 2.2. The Neutral Boundary Layer (NBL) 2.3. The Stable Boundary Layer (SBL) 3. The Closure problem 4. Model description 4.1. Applied model versions 4.2. Governing equations 4.3. Horizontal grid 4.4. Vertical grid 4.5. Lateral boundaries 4.6. Parametrizations 4.6.1. Radiation scheme 4.6.2. Microphysics 4.6.3. Mellor-Yamada scheme 4.6.4. Smagorinsky scheme 4.6.5. Sea ice scheme 4.7. Difference to classical LES Models 5. Experimental Setup 6. MOSAiC Measurements 6.1. ARM Meteorological tower 6.2. Radiosondes 7. Model evaluation for the central Arctic 7.1. Impact of the horizontal resolution 7.1.1. Under cold, light wind conditions 7.1.2. Under stormy conditions 7.2. Impact of the sea-ice scheme 7.3. Impact of the lower boundary conditions 7.4. Impact of the parametrization schemes under cold, light wind conditions 7.4.1. Near-surface variables 7.4.2. Vertical profiles 7.4.3. Surface fluxes 7.4.4. Boundary Layer Height 7.5. Impact of the parametrization schemes under stormy conditions 7.5.1. Near-surface variables 7.5.2. Vertical profiles 7.5.3. Surface fluxes 7.5.4. Boundary Layer height 8. Discussion and Summary Acknowledgements Appendix
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 12
    Call number: AWI A5-24-95744
    Description / Table of Contents: The Arctic is the hot spot of the ongoing, global climate change. Over the last decades, near-surface temperatures in the Arctic have been rising almost four times faster than on global average. This amplified warming of the Arctic and the associated rapid changes of its environment are largely influenced by interactions between individual components of the Arctic climate system. On daily to weekly time scales, storms can have major impacts on the Arctic sea-ice cover and are thus an important part of these interactions within the Arctic climate. The sea-ice impacts of storms are related to high wind speeds, which enhance the drift and deformation of sea ice, as well as to changes in the surface energy budget in association with air mass advection, which impact the seasonal sea-ice growth and melt. The occurrence of storms in the Arctic is typically associated with the passage of transient cyclones. Even though the above described mechanisms how storms/cyclones impact the Arctic sea ice are in principal known, there is a lack of statistical quantification of these effects. In accordance with that, the overarching objective of this thesis is to statistically quantify cyclone impacts on sea-ice concentration (SIC) in the Atlantic Arctic Ocean over the last four decades. In order to further advance the understanding of the related mechanisms, an additional objective is to separate dynamic and thermodynamic cyclone impacts on sea ice and assess their relative importance. Finally, this thesis aims to quantify recent changes in cyclone impacts on SIC. These research objectives are tackled utilizing various data sets, including atmospheric and oceanic reanalysis data as well as a coupled model simulation and a cyclone tracking algorithm. Results from this thesis demonstrate that cyclones are significantly impacting SIC in the Atlantic Arctic Ocean from autumn to spring, while there are mostly no significant impacts in summer. The strength and the sign (SIC decreasing or SIC increasing) of the cyclone impacts strongly depends on the considered daily time scale and the region of the Atlantic Arctic Ocean. Specifically, an initial decrease in SIC (day -3 to day 0 relative to the cyclone) is found in the Greenland, Barents and Kara Seas, while SIC increases following cyclones (day 0 to day 5 relative to the cyclone) are mostly limited to the Barents and Kara Seas. For the cold season, this results in a pronounced regional difference between overall (day -3 to day 5 relative to the cyclone) SIC-decreasing cyclone impacts in the Greenland Sea and overall SIC-increasing cyclone impacts in the Barents and Kara Seas. A cyclone case study based on a coupled model simulation indicates that both dynamic and thermodynamic mechanisms contribute to cyclone impacts on sea ice in winter. A typical pattern consisting of an initial dominance of dynamic sea-ice changes followed by enhanced thermodynamic ice growth after the cyclone passage was found. This enhanced ice growth after the cyclone passage most likely also explains the (statistical) overall SIC-increasing effects of cyclones in the Barents and Kara Seas in the cold season. Significant changes in cyclone impacts on SIC over the last four decades have emerged throughout the year. These recent changes are strongly varying from region to region and month to month. The strongest trends in cyclone impacts on SIC are found in autumn in the Barents and Kara Seas. Here, the magnitude of destructive cyclone impacts on SIC has approximately doubled over the last four decades. The SIC-increasing effects following the cyclone passage have particularly weakened in the Barents Sea in autumn. As a consequence, previously existing overall SIC-increasing cyclone impacts in this region in autumn have recently disappeared. Generally, results from this thesis show that changes in the state of the sea-ice cover (decrease in mean sea-ice concentration and thickness) and near-surface air temperature are most important for changed cyclone impacts on SIC, while changes in cyclone properties (i.e. intensity) do not play a significant role.
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: VIII, 131 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2024 , Contents 1 Introduction 1.1 The Arctic sea-ice cover 1.1.1 Sea ice in the coupled Arctic climate system 1.1.2 Recent changes of the Arctic sea ice 1.2 The atmosphere as driver of sea-ice variability 1.2.1 Large-scale circulation patterns 1.2.2 Role of cyclones 1.3 Thesis structure and research questions 2 Theory and methods 2.1 Synoptic cyclones 2.1.1 Related fundamentals of atmospheric dynamics 2.1.2 Cyclone activity in the Arctic 2.2 Cyclone tracking and cyclone occurrence mask 2.3 Dynamic and thermodynamic sea-ice variability related to cyclones 3 New insights into cyclone impacts on sea ice in the Atlantic sector of the Arctic Ocean in winter 3.1 Abstract 3.2 Introduction 3.3 Data and methods 3.3.1 Database and cyclone identification 3.3.2 Quantification of cyclone impacts on SIC 3.4 Cyclone impacts on SIC 3.4.1 Effects of different time scales and regions 3.4.2 Effects of SIC conditions and cyclone depth 3.4.3 Spatial variability of SIC response to cyclones 3.4.4 Relation to near-surface wind and surface energy budget 3.5 Signature of ’New Arctic’ conditions 3.6 Conclusions 3.7 Supplementary material 4 Impact of three intense winter cyclones on the sea ice cover in the Barents Sea: A case study with a coupled regional climate model 4.1 Abstract 4.2 Introduction 4.3 Data and methods 4.3.1 HIRHAM–NAOSIM simulation 4.3.2 Supplementary evaluation data 4.3.3 Dynamic and thermodynamic contributions to sea-ice changes 4.4 Results 4.4.1 Cyclone cases 4.4.2 Cyclone impacts on SEB 4.4.3 Cyclone impacts on sea-ice concentration (SIC) 4.4.4 Cyclone impacts on sea-ice thickness (SIT) 4.4.5 Context to other cyclone cases during the MOSAiC winter 4.5 Discussion and conclusions 4.6 Supplementary material 5 Cyclone impacts on sea ice concentration in the Atlantic Arctic Ocean: Annual cycle and recent changes 5.1 Abstract 5.2 Introduction 5.3 Data and methods 5.4 Changes in cyclones and traversed sea ice 5.5 Cyclone impacts on SIC 5.5.1 Annual cycle in the old Arctic 5.5.2 Changes in the new Arctic 5.5.3 Regional changes in autumn 5.6 Conclusions 5.7 Supplementary material 6 Conclusions and Outlook 6.1 What is the statistical impact of cyclone passages on sea-ice concentration (SIC) in the Atlantic Arctic Ocean? 6.2 What are the individual contributions of dynamic and thermodynamic processes to sea-ice changes related to cyclones? 6.3 Do the SIC impacts of cyclones change in a warming Arctic and what are the related mechanisms? 6.4 Ways forward Appendix: Cyclones modulate the control of the North Atlantic Oscillation on transports into the Barents Sea Bibliography
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 13
    Call number: AWI Bio-24-95742
    Description / Table of Contents: The arctic is warming 2 – 4 times faster than the global average, resulting in a strong feedback on northern ecosystems such as boreal forests, which cover a vast area of the high northern latitudes. With ongoing global warming, the treeline subsequently migrates northwards into tundra areas. The consequences of turning ecosystems are complex: on the one hand, boreal forests are storing large amounts of global terrestrial carbon and act as a carbon sink, dragging carbon dioxide out of the global carbon cycle, suggesting an enhanced carbon uptake with increased tree cover. On the other hand, with the establishment of trees, the albedo effect of tundra decreases, leading to enhanced soil warming. Meanwhile, permafrost thaws, releasing large amounts of previously stored carbon into the atmosphere. So far, mainly vegetation dynamics have been assessed when studying the impact of warming onto ecosystems. Most land plants are living in close symbiosis with bacterial and fungal communities, sustaining their growth in nutrient poor habitats. However, the impact of climate change on these subsoil communities alongside changing vegetation cover remains poorly understood. Therefore, a better understanding of soil community dynamics on multi millennial timescales is inevitable when addressing the development of entire ecosystems. Unravelling long-term cross-kingdom dependencies between plant, fungi, and bacteria is not only a milestone for the assessment of warming on boreal ecosystems. On top, it also is the basis for agriculture strategies to sustain society with sufficient food in a future warming world. The first objective of this thesis was to assess ancient DNA as a proxy for reconstructing the soil microbiome (Manuscripts I, II, III, IV). Research findings across these projects enable a comprehensive new insight into the relationships of soil microorganisms to the surrounding vegetation. First, this was achieved by establishing (Manuscript I) and applying (Manuscript II) a primer pair for the selective amplification of ancient fungal DNA from lake sediment samples with the metabarcoding approach. To assess fungal and plant co-variation, the selected primer combination (ITS67, 5.8S) amplifying the ITS1 region was applied on samples from five boreal and arctic lakes. The obtained data showed that the establishment of fungal communities is impacted by warming as the functional ecological groups are shifting. Yeast and saprotroph dominance during the Late Glacial declined with warming, while the abundance of mycorrhizae and parasites increased with warming. The overall species richness was also alternating. The results were compared to shotgun sequencing data reconstructing fungi and bacteria (Manuscripts III, IV), yielding overall comparable results to the metabarcoding approach. Nonetheless, the comparison also pointed out a bias in the metabarcoding, potentially due to varying ITS lengths or copy numbers per genome. The second objective was to trace fungus-plant interaction changes over time (Manuscripts II, III). To address this, metabarcoding targeting the ITS1 region for fungi and the chloroplast P6 loop for plants for the selective DNA amplification was applied (Manuscript II). Further, shotgun sequencing data was compared to the metabarcoding results (Manuscript III). Overall, the results between the metabarcoding and the shotgun approaches were comparable, though a bias in the metabarcoding was assumed. We demonstrated that fungal shifts were coinciding with changes in the vegetation. Yeast and lichen were mainly dominant during the Late Glacial with tundra vegetation, while warming in the Holocene lead to the expansion of boreal forests with increasing mycorrhizae and parasite abundance. Aside, we highlighted that Pinaceae establishment is dependent on mycorrhizal fungi such as Suillineae, Inocybaceae, or Hyaloscypha species also on long-term scales. The third objective of the thesis was to assess soil community development on a temporal gradient (Manuscripts III, IV). Shotgun sequencing was applied on sediment samples from the northern Siberian lake Lama and the soil microbial community dynamics compared to ecosystem turnover. Alongside, podzolization processes from basaltic bedrock were recovered (Manuscript III). Additionally, the recovered soil microbiome was compared to shotgun data from granite and sandstone catchments (Manuscript IV, Appendix). We assessed if the establishment of the soil microbiome is dependent on the plant taxon and as such comparable between multiple geographic locations or if the community establishment is driven by abiotic soil properties and as such the bedrock area. We showed that the development of soil communities is to a great extent driven by the vegetation changes and temperature variation, while time only plays a minor role. The analyses showed general ecological similarities especially between the granite and basalt locations, while the microbiome on species-level was rather site-specific. A greater number of correlated soil taxa was detected for deep-rooting boreal taxa in comparison to grasses with shallower roots. Additionally, differences between herbaceous taxa of the late Glacial compared to taxa of the Holocene were revealed. With this thesis, I demonstrate the necessity to investigate subsoil community dynamics on millennial time scales as it enables further understanding of long-term ecosystem as well as soil development processes and such plant establishment. Further, I trace long-term processes leading to podzolization which supports the development of applied carbon capture strategies under future global warming.
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: xii, 198 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2024 , Table of Contents Summary Deutsche Zusammenfassung 1 Introduction 1.1 Arctic ecosystems under global warming 1.2 The plant-associated microbiome 1.3 Drivers of soil development 1.4 Ancient DNA to unravel past ecosystems 1.4.1 Lake sediments as archives of past community changes 1.4.2 Metabarcoding for targeting specific communities 1.4.3 Shotgun sequencing for broader overview 1.5 Thesis objective 1.6 Thesis outline and author contributions 2 Manuscript I 2.1 Abstract 2.2 Introduction 2.3 Materials and Methods 2.3.1 Primer design and evaluation In silico analyses Evaluation of lake sediment core DNA for analyses of fungal paleoecology 2.4 Results Primer design and evaluation Evaluation of lake sediment core DNA for fungal paleoecology 2.4.1 Taxonomic resolution across the cores 2.4.2 Comprehensiveness: Rarefaction and accumulation curves 2.4.3 Amplicon length and GC content to assess bias through degradation 2.4.4 General taxonomic composition of fungi in Siberian lake sediment cores Diversity of fungal paleocommunities from lake CH12 2.5 Discussion 2.5.1 Preservation biases and potential contamination 2.5.2 Characteristics of the optimized sedaDNA ITS1 metabarcoding assay 2.5.3 Potential of lake sediment fungal DNA for paleoecology 2.6 Author contributions 2.7 Acknowledgements 2.8 Conflict of interest 2.9 References 3 Manuscript II 3.1 Abstract 3.2 Introduction 3.3 Geographic setting and study sites 3.4 Materials and Methods 3.4.1 Sampling 3.4.2 DNA extraction and amplification 3.4.3 Bioinformatic analysis 3.4.4 Assessment of negative controls and contamination 3.4.5 Statistical analysis and visualization 3.5 Results 3.5.1 Fungi: sedaDNA sequencing results and overall patterns of alpha diversity and taxonomic composition 3.5.2 Vegetation: sedaDNA sequencing results and overall patterns of alpha diversity and taxonomic composition 3.5.3 Site-specific plant-fungus covariation 3.5.3.1 Fungus and plant covariation in arctic Siberia from MIS3 to the Holocene 3.5.3.2 Quantitative relationships between fungi and plant richness and composition 3.6 Discussion 3.6.1 Fungus and plant diversity along a spatiotemporal gradient in Siberia 3.6.2 Changes in ecosystem functioning over a spatiotemporal gradient 3.6.3 Implications of our results for ecosystem functioning and future research avenues 3.7 Conclusions Funding Availability of data and material Author contribution Declaration of competing interest Acknowledgements 3.8 References 4 Manuscript III 4.1 Abstract 4.2 Introduction 4.3 Results and Discussion 4.3.1 Compositional changes of plants, fungi, and bacteria in ancient metagenomic datasets 4.3.2 Long-term soil development: a trajectory or environmentally driven processes? 4.3.3 Bioweathering supported by lichens and mycorrhiza 4.3.4 Turnover in carbon, nitrogen, and sulphur cycling 4.3.5 Tracing podzolization 4.4 Implications and conclusions 4.5 Material and methods 4.5.1 Geographical setting and study site 4.5.2 X-ray fluorescence scanning of the sediment core 4.5.3 Core sub-sampling 4.5.4 DNA extraction 4.5.5 Single stranded DNA library build 4.5.6 Bioinformatic pipeline for the analysis of the sequencing results 4.5.7 Data analysis 4.5.8 Analysis of the ancient patterns 4.5.9 Statistical analysis of the dataset Acknowledgements 4.6 References Declarations 5 Discussion and synthesis 5.1 Long-term rhizosphere establishment in tundra and taiga areas 5.1.1 SedaDNA as a proxy for soil microbiome 5.1.1.1 Fungal DNA metabarcoding 5.1.1.2 Targeting soil communities with shotgun sequencing 5.1.1.3 Comparison between metabarcoding and shotgun sequencing for the soil microbiome 5.1.2 Fungi-vegetation interaction changes over time 5.1.3 Soil development on a temporal gradient 5.2 Conclusion and future perspectives 6 References 7 Appendix 7.1 Appendix to manuscript I 7.2 Appendix to manuscript II 7.3 Appendix to manuscript III 7.4 Manuscript IV 7.4.1 Abstract 7.4.2 Introduction 7.4.3 Geographical setting and study sites 7.4.4 Material & Methods 7.4.4.1 Sub-sampling of the sediment cores 7.4.4.2 DNA extraction 7.4.4.3 Single stranded DNA library built 7.4.4.4 Bioinformatic pipeline for the analysis of the sequencing data 7.4.4.5 Data analysis 7.4.4.6 Statistical analysis of the datasets 7.4.5 Results 7.4.5.1 Compositional changes of representative plant taxa alongside dynamics in fungal ecologies and bacterial element cycling in ancient metagenomic datasets 7.4.5.2 Impact of abiotic and biotic drivers on soil establishment across geographical locations 7.4.5.3 Relative positive correlations of functional soil taxa with plants across the locations 7.4.5.4 Assessment of the plant taxon-specific microbiome across the locations 7.4.6 Discussion 7.4.6.1 Site-specific soil development 7.4.6.2 Differences in the bedrock 7.4.6.3 Correlation between the lake biota 7.4.6.3.1 General Trends in positively correlated rhizosphere taxa 7.4.6.3.2 Plant taxa specific microbiome 7.4.7 Implications and future directions 7.4.8 References 7.4.9 Supplement to manuscript IV Acknowledgements Eidesstattliche Erklärung Damage pattern analysis – Auflagen Doktorarbeit Summary Main References
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 14
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    [Marburg] : H4O - Heroes for the Ocean
    Call number: AWI G2-24-95628
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 200 Seiten , Illustrationen , 24.5 cm x 19.5 cm, 850 g
    Edition: 1. Auflage
    ISBN: 9783000752018 , 978-3-00-075201-8
    Series Statement: Edition 1 - Ostsee - Nordsee, Nordatlantik
    Language: German
    Note: INHALT Vorwort ERSTER TEIL Faszination Ozean Im Reich der Tiefe Astronaut auf Erden Die Stimme der Meere ZWEITER TEIL Am Abgrund der Meere Der Schatz von Helgoland Geisterjagd vor Rügen Am Limit DRITTER TEIL Der Weg nach vorn Unscheinbarer Superheld Grundreinigung Mut zur Hoffnung Dein Leben für den Ozean DANKSAGUNG DIE AUTOREN IMPRESSUM BILDNACHWEIS
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 15
    Call number: AWI G3-20-94096
    In: Hamburger Beiträge zur physischen Geographie und Landschaftsökologie, Heft 24
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: xiii, 336 Seiten , Illustrationen, Karten
    ISSN: 1866-170X
    Series Statement: Hamburger Beiträge zur physischen Geographie und Landschaftsökologie Heft 24
    Language: German
    Note: Inhaltsverzeichnis 1. Einführung 2. Wissenschaftlicher Hintergrund 3. Physiogeographische Ausstattung des Varanger-Gebietes (Varanger-Halbinsel und Küstenregion Südvarangers) 3.1. Relief 3.2. Geologisch-tektonische Entwicklung bis zum Quartär 3.3. Festgesteine 3.3.1. Varanger-Halbinsel 3.3.1.1. Tanafjord-Varangerfjord-Region 3.3.1.2. Barentssee-Region 3.3.1.3. Schichtdeformationen und Faltenbildungen 3.3.1.4. Ganggesteine (Intrusivgesteine) 3.3.2. Südvaranger 3.4. Quartärgeologische Entwicklung 3.4.1. Pleistozän 3.4.1.1. Glaziation 3.4.1.2. Deglaziation 3.4.2. Holozän 3.5. Pleistozäne und holozäne Lockersedimente 3.6. Klima 3.7. Permafrostboden 3.8. Vegetation 3.9. Böden 4. Periglaziäre Formen, Ablagerungen und Prozesse 4.1. Blockfelder 4.1.1. Verbreitung 4.1.2. Merkmale 4.1.3. Genese 4.1.4. Altersstellung 4.2. Sturzschutthalden 4.3. Kleinformen der Gesteinsverwitterung und Detritusverlagerung 4.4. Formen des Bodenfließens 4.4.1. Fließerde- und Wanderschuttdecken 4.4.2. Rasenloben und -stufen 4.4.3. Schuttloben und -stufen 4.4.4. Wander- und Bremsblöcke 4.5. Formen der Bodenmusterung 4.5.1. Palsas 4.5.2. Lithalsas 4.5.3. Pounus 4.5.4. Thufur 4.5.5. Mudpits 4.5.6. Fossile Eiskeilpolygone 4.5.7. Strukturböden 4.6. Formen der Nivation und Kryoplanation 4.6.1. Nivationswannen und -nischen 4.6.2. Kryoplanationsterrassen und Kryopedimente 4.7. Formen der Windwirkung 4.7.1. Windschliffe und Polituren 4.7.2. Steinpanzer 4.7.3. Flugsanddecken und Dünen 4.7.4. Rasenkanten und -kliffs 5. Exkursionsvorschläge zur glaziären und periglaziären Landschaftsentwicklung 5.1. Anfahrt und Logistik 5.2. Fahrstrecken und Wanderexkursionen (W) 5.2.1. Route 1: Tana Bru – Skiipagurra – Varangerbotn – Nesseby –Vestre Jakobselv – Vadsö (W1: Nattfjelltal) – Skallelv – Komagvaer – Kiberg – Svartnes (W2: Oksevatn-See) – Persfjord – Sandfjord – Hamningberg – Sandfjordtal (W3: Sylteviktal) 5.2.2. Route 2: Tana Bru – Birkestrand (W4: Raudberg) – Höyholmen (W5: Stangenestind) – Leirpollen – Faccabaelcåkka (W6: Hanglefjell) – Gednje – Kongsfjordtal (W7: Bryggarital) – Kongsfjord – Sandfjord (W8: Sandfjordfjell) – Berlevåg – Store Molvik 5.2.3. Route 3: Gednje – Oarduskaidi (W9: Basecaerro-Storklöftfjell) – Raudsandvatna-Seen (W10: Buktkjöl-Höhenzug) – Båtsfjord – Syltefjord 5.2.4. Route 4: Tana Bru – Skiipagurra – Varangerbotn – Karlebotn (W11: Bigganjarga) – Grasbakken (W12: Juovlagurguolba) – Gandvik – Brannsletta – Bugöyfjord – Neiden – Näätämö 5.2.5. Route 5: Tana Bru – Skiipagurra – Varangerbotn – Karlebotn (W13: Roetkaguolba-Vesterelvvatn-See) 6. Zusammenfassung 7. Schlussfolgerungen und Ausblick 8. Literaturverzeichnis 9. Kartenverzeichnis 9.1. Geologische Karten 9.2. Vegetationsgeographische Karte 9.3. Topographische Karten 10. Luftbildverzeichnis
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 16
    Call number: 21/M 20.94120 ; AWI S6-24-91420
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 288 Seiten , Illustrationen, Karten
    Language: English
    Location: Reading room
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 17
    Call number: AWI P5-20-94119
    Description / Table of Contents: Der exklusive Fotoband zur Jahrhundertexpedition in die Arktis. Im September 2019 legte die Polarstern in Richtung Arktis ab - an Bord das internationale MOSAiC-Forscherteam, das die Auswirkungen des Klimawandels auf das ewige Eis erkundet. Chronologisch aufgebaut dokumentiert der bildgewaltige Band in bisher ungesehenen Fotografien von Esther Horvath Leben und Arbeiten während der einjährigen Reise unter den extremen Bedingungen am Nordpol. Begleitet von kenntnisreichen Essays und Textbeiträgen von Experten, Wissenschaftlern und Expeditionsteilnehmern ist der Band ein eindrucksvolles Zeugnis der wohl größten klimatischen Herausforderung unserer Zeit und bietet Einblicke in dieses einmalige Forschungsprojekt sowie die spektakuläre, schützenswerte Polarlandschaft.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 240 Seiten , 250 Illustrationen , 30.5 cm x 24.5 cm
    ISBN: 978-3-7913-8669-0
    Language: German
    Note: Vorwort Prolog Die Vermessung einer schwindenden Welt Feuertaufe Vorbereitung für den Einsatz am Limit Leinen los Aufbruch ins arktische Eis Die Erfindung der Eisdrift Die Drift Vom Aufbau des nördlichsten Forschungscamps Atmosphärenforschung Das Observatorium Aufzeichnungen aus dem Eis Das arktische Meereis Alltag Leben am Ende der Welt Das Ökosystem der Arktis Die Forschung des Teams Biogeochemie Nachtschicht Forschung bei 24 Stunden Dunkelheit Ozeanforschung und Klimawandel Schichtwechsel Ablösung am Nordpol Im Gespräch mit Esther Horvath Eine andere Welt Drift durch den arktischen Sommer Dank Impressum
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 18
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Bremerhaven : Alfred-Wegener-Institut, Helmholtz-Zentrum für Polar- und Meeresforschung
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-168-748
    In: Berichte zur Polar- und Meeresforschung, 748
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 203 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Edition: 2., erweiterte und überarbeitete Auflage
    ISSN: 1866-3192
    Series Statement: Berichte zur Polar- und Meeresforschung 748
    Language: German
    Note: Inhaltsverzeichnis 1. Einleitung 2. Zur Geschichte der Frühen Polarforschung 2.1 Die Entwicklung vom 16. Jahrhundert bis 1914 2.1.1 Frühe Polarreisen und ihre Wechselwirkung mit der Kartografie in der frühen Neuzeit 2.1.2 Fragen der Geophysik, Ozeanografie und Meteorologie an die Polarforschung im 18. und 19. Jahrhundert 2.1.3 Frühe deutsche Polarforschung 2.2 Die Entwicklung der deutschen Polarforschung zwischen den Weltkriegen 2.2.1 Die Internationale Gesellschaft zur Erforschung der Arktis mit Luftfahrzeugen (Aeroarctic) von 1922 bis 1931 2.2.2 Die Deutsche Atlantische Expedition („Meteor-Expedition“) von 1925 bis 1927 2.2.3 Die Deutsche Grönlandexpedition Alfred Wegener von 1930 bis 1931 2.2.4 Das zweite Internationale Polarjahr von1932 bis 1933 2.2.5 Walfang und Politik: die „Schwabenlandexpedition“ von 1938 bis 1939 als Fortsetzung der deutschen Südpolarforschung 2.3 Die Deutsche Polarforschung während des Zweiten Weltkrieges 3. Polarforschung nach dem Zweiten Weltkrieg bis zur Gründung des AWI (1945-1981) 3.1 Politisch-strategisch motivierte Polarforschung der Großmächte nach dem Zweiten Weltkrieg ab 1946/47 3.2 Nationale Polarforschungsunternehmen und internationale Kooperationen von 1948 bis 1981 3.2.1 Die Expédition Glaciologique Internationale au Groenland (EGIG) und andere Expeditionen von 1948 bis 1968 3.2.2 Die Antarktisaktivitäten anderer Länder von 1947 bis 1957 3.2.3 Das Internationale Geophysikalische Jahr von 1957 bis 1959 3.2.4 Die Gründung des Antarctic Treaty System (ATS) im Jahr 1959 3.2.5 Die Polarforschung der Deutschen Demokratischen Republik (DDR) 3.2.6 Die Polarforschung der Bundesrepublik Deutschland (BRD) 4. Die Entwicklung des AWI und der deutschen Polarforschung 4.1 Gründungskontexte 4.1.1 Polarforschung als staatliche Aufgabe 4.1.2 Vorbereitungen zur Gründung eines Polarforschungsinstituts der Bundesrepublik Deutschland im Jahr 1978 4.1.3 Entscheidung über die Standortfrage im Jahr 1979 4.2 Die Gründung des Alfred-Wegener-Instituts für Polarforschung 4.2.1 Gesetzliche und finanzielle Grundlagen, erste antarktische Expeditionen 4.2.2 Die Besetzung der Leitungspositionen 4.2.3 Umfang und Beschaffung der technischen Einrichtungen 4.2.4 Die technischen Einrichtungen der Logistik in der Gründungsphase des AWI 4.3 Die Entwicklung des AWI in Bremerhaven unter der Leitung vonGotthilf Hempel von 1981 bis 1992 4.3.1 Die Entwicklung des AWI von 1981 bis 1986 4.3.2 Eingliederung des IfMB in das AWI von 1986 bis 1991 4.3.3 Kongresse und internationale Kooperationen von 1986 bis 1987 4.3.4 Der Weg in die Klimaforschung ab 1988 4.3.5 Beteiligung an internationalen Eisbohrprogrammen auf Grönland von 1989 bis 1995 4.3.6 Die erste Überwinterung einer Frauenmannschaft in der GvN-Stationvon 1989 bis 1990 4.3.7 Besondere Expeditionen von 1986 bis 1991 4.3.8 Aktivitäten und Umfang der Logistik von 1985 bis 1991 4.3.9 Die Aktivitäten der Zentralen Einrichtungen von 1986 bis 1991 4.3.10 Das AWI als Mitglied eines Großforschungsverbundes ab Mitte der 1980er Jahre 4.3.11 Die politische Wende 1989/90 und die Polar- und Meeresforschung 4.3.12 Am Ende der Gründungsjahre im Jahr 1992 4.3.13 Wechsel des wissenschaftlichen Direktors im Jahr 1992 4.4 Die Entwicklung des AWI unter der Leitung von Max Tilzer von 1992 bis 1997 4.4.1 Wichtige Aspekte der Institutsentwicklung 4.4.2 Die Entwicklung der Logistik von 1992 bis 1997 4.4.3 Die Entwicklung der zentralen Einrichtungen von 1992 bis 1997 4.4.4 Tiefbohrprojekte auf Grönland und in der Antarktis 4.4.5 Die internationale Zusammenarbeit des AWI ab 1991 4.4.6 Nationale Kooperationen und Aufgaben von 1992 bis 1997 4.5 Die Entwicklung des AWI unter der Leitung von Jörn Thiede von 1997 bis 2007 4.5.1 Wichtige Aspekte der Institutsentwicklung 4.5.2 Forschungsziele und Umstrukturierungen der wissenschaftlichen Bereiche 4.5.3 Übernahme der BAH von 1998 bis 1999 4.5.4 Besondere wissenschaftliche Projekte von 1998 bis 2007 4.5.5 Entwicklung und Aufgaben der Logistik von 1998 bis 2008 4.5.6 Zentrale Aufgaben und Dienste 4.5.7 Außenwirkung 4.5.8 Technologietransfer 4.5.9 Internationale Zusammenarbeit von 1998 bis 2007 4.5.10 Zusammenarbeit in Deutschland von 2000 bis 2007 4.6 Die Entwicklung des AWI unter der Leitung von Karin Lochte von 2007 bis 2017 4.6.1 Wichtige Aspekte der Institutsentwicklung 4.6.2 Forschungsziele und Umstrukturierung der wissenschaftlichen Bereiche ab 2009 4.6.3 Besondere Wissenschaftliche Programme ab 2006 4.6.4 Bedeutungswandel von Transferkonzepten nach Einführung der POF 4.6.5 Entwicklung der Logistik ab 2007 4.6.6 Zentrale Aufgaben und Dienste 4.6.7 Internationale Kooperationen 4.6.8 Nationale Kooperationen 4.7 Die Entwicklung des AWI unter der Leitung von Antje Boetius von 2017 bis 2020 4.7.1 Wichtige Aspekte der Institutsentwicklung 4.7.2 Besondere wissenschaftliche Projekte 4.7.3 Die Entwicklung der Logistik 4.8 Ausblick 5. Quellen- und Literaturverzeichnis 5.1 Quellen 5.1.1 Archivalien 5.1.2 Gedruckte Quellen 5.1.3 Pressemitteilungen 5.1.4 Internetseiten 5.1.5 Auskunftspersonen 5.2 Sekundärliteratur 5.2.1 Monographien, Aufsätze und Artikel 5.2.2 Einträge in der Online-Enzyklopädie Wikipedia 5.2.3 Internetseiten 6. Abbildungsverzeichnis 7. Abkürzungsverzeichnis
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 19
    Call number: AWI E2-21-94415
    Description / Table of Contents: Noch nie haben Forschende das Meereis der Arktis so umfassend untersuchen können, wie auf der internationalen MOSAiC-Expedition des Forschungseisbrechers Polarstern. Ein Jahr lang ist das Schiff mit dem Eis durch die zentrale Arktis getrieben; ein Jahr lang haben die Männer und Frauen das Eis mithilfe modernster Technik unter die Lupe genommen. Welche Herausforderungen es dabei zu meistern galt und was sie herausgefunden haben im polaren Hotspot des Klimawandels, erzählen sie in zehn DriftStories, die dieser Band vereint. Faszinierende Arktisforschung zum Anfassen – präsentiert von meereisportal.de.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 106 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 978-3-9822680-0-2
    Language: German
    Note: Inhaltsverzeichnis Ausgangspunkt einer Jahrhundertreise Ermittlungen auf viel zu dünnem Eis Für einen schärferen Blick aus dem All Beben und Barrikaden Glitzernde Wolken unter dem Eis Ein heißer Streifen Eis Schnee, die unbekannte Größe Das Omen des ersten Schneeballs Die vielen Gesichter der Kälte Algen in der Arktis: Nichts scheint unmöglich Wiedersehen am Ausgangstor der Arktis Technik-Container Impressum/Bildnachwei
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 20
    Call number: AWI E2-21-94416
    Description / Table of Contents: Never before have researchers had the chance to explore the Arctic sea ice as comprehensively as on the international MOSAiC expedition. For an entire year, the research icebreaker Polarstern drifted through the Central Arctic with the sea ice; for an entire year, the men and women of the expedition painstakingly investigated the ice with the aid of cutting-edge technologies. In the ten DriftStories gathered here, they share the challenges they had to overcome, and the discoveries they made in this polar hotspot of climate change: fascinating Arctic research at your fingertips - presented by meereisportal.de.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 106 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 978-3-9822680-3-3 , 978-3-9822680-2-6
    Language: English
    Note: Table of Contents Embarking on the voyage of a century Detective work on ice that’s far too thin For a clearer view from space Shaking and quaking Glittering clouds below the ice One hot strip of ice Snow, the great unknown The snowball litmus test The many faces of cold Algae in the Arctic: Apparently, anything is possible A reunion at the outlet of the Arctic Equipment container Imprint / image credits
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 21
    Call number: AWI A6-21-94541
    Description / Table of Contents: Stratospheric variability is one of the main potential sources for sub-seasonal to seasonal predictability in mid-latitudes in winter. Stratospheric pathways play an important role for long-range teleconnections between tropical phenomena, such as the quasi-biennial oscillation (QBO) and El Niño-Southern Oscillation (ENSO), and the mid-latitudes on the one hand, and linkages between Arctic climate change and the mid-latitudes on the other hand. In order to move forward in the field of extratropical seasonal predictions, it is essential that an atmospheric model is able to realistically simulate the stratospheric circulation and variability. The numerical weather prediction (NWP) configuration of the ICOsahedral Non-hydrostatic atmosphere model ICON is currently being used by the German Meteorological Service for the regular weather forecast, and is intended to produce seasonal predictions in future. This thesis represents the first extensive evaluation of Northern Hemisphere stratospheric winter circulation in ICON-NWP by analysing a ...
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: viii, 119 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2020 , Contents1 Introduction 1.1 Motivation: Seasonal prediction 1.2 The new atmosphere model ICON 1.3 Research questions 2 Theoretical background 2.1 Fundamentals of atmospheric circulation 2.1.1 Primitive equations 2.1.2 The global energy budget 2.1.3 Baroclinic instability 2.1.4 Vertical structure of the atmosphere 2.2 Stratospheric dynamics 2.2.1 Circulation patterns 2.2.2 Atmospheric waves 2.2.3 Sudden stratospheric warmings 2.2.4 Quasi-biennial oscillation 2.3 Atmospheric Teleconnections 2.3.1 NAM, NAO and PNA 2.3.2 El Niño-Southern Oscillation 2.3.3 Arctic-midlatitude linkages 3 Atmospheric model and methods of analysis 3.1 Atmospheric model ICON-NWP 3.1.1 Model description 3.1.2 Experimental setup 3.2 Reanalysis data ERA-Interim 3.3 Methods of analysis 3.3.1 NAM index for stratosphere–troposphere coupling 3.3.2 Stratospheric warmings 3.3.3 ENSO index and composites 3.3.4 Bias and error estimation 3.3.5 Statistical significance 4 Results 4.1 Evaluation of seasonal experiments with ICON-NWP 4.1.1 Tropospheric circulation 4.1.2 Stratospheric circulation 4.2 Effect of gravity wave drag parameterisations 4.2.1 Stratospheric effects 4.2.2 Effects on stratosphere-troposphere coupling 4.2.3 Tropospheric effects 4.3 Low latitudinal influence on the stratospheric polar vortex 4.3.1 Quasi-biennial oscillation 4.3.2 El Niño-Southern Oscillation 4.4 Arctic-midlatitude linkages 4.4.1 Tropospheric processes 4.4.2 Stratospheric pathway 4.4.3 Sea ice sensitivity experiment 5 Discussion and outlook Bibliography Appendix
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 22
    Call number: AWI G8-21-94666
    Description / Table of Contents: Anthropogenic climate change constitutes one of the main global crises in the 21st century. It manifests itself distinctly in global warming and its effects. Forests play an essential role in mitigating the effects of climate change, improving our knowledge of the distribution and changes of terrestrial carbon stocks is vital to mitigate its consequences. Therefore, remote sensing is recommended as one of the tools to ensure systematic and operational forest monitoring. Forests in the Russian Federation are of particular importance as it is the most forested country in the world and at the same time, it is the country with the highest uncertainty when calculating global carbon stocks. Remote sensing is recommended as one of the tools to ensure systematic and operational forest monitoring. It can acquire data over large areas with a high repetition rate and at a relatively low cost. In particular, microwave sensors are recommended as they can provide weather and sun independent, systematic observations with high temporal frequency. The main goal of this cumulative dissertation was to develop methods using new algorithms for estimating parameters for boreal forests from remote sensing data acquired with Synthetic Aperture Radar (SAR). Using the SAR data acquired by the sensor with the longest wavelength available at the moment of writing this dissertation in space, the L-band, methods for estimating the above-ground forest biomass were developed. For this purpose, algorithms for machine learning (ML) were applied and validated. These methods were chosen because they are recommended for large data sets and an incomplete theoretical understanding of processes, e.g., the interaction between the forest and the radar signal, and are relatively new in forest monitoring studies. In addition, efforts have been made to establish improved mapping of large-scale forest cover change
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: 234 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Language: English , German
    Note: Content ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS APPENDED PAPERS RELATED PUBLICATIONS FIGURES TABLES I ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS ABSTRACT ZUSAMMENFASSUNG CHAPTER 1 Introduction 1.1 Importance of forest monitoring 1.2 Remote sensing for forest monitoring 1.3 Scope and structure of this thesis CHAPTER 2 2 Theoretical background & state-of-the-art 2.1 Boreal forests 2.2 Imaging radar theory 2.2.1 Radar principles 2.2.2 Radar scattering 2.2.3 SAR data processing 2.2.4 SAR lnterferometry 2.3 Radar remote sensing of boreal forests 2.3.1 Estimation of aboveground biomass 2.3.2 Monitoring of forest change 2.4 Study area and data 2.4.1 Location of study areas 2.4.2 Processing of in situ data 2.4.3 SAR L-band data: PALSAR & PALSAR-2 2.4.4 SAR C-band data: RADARSAT-2 CHAPTER 3 3 Research rationale 3.1 Research needs 3.2 Research questions CHAPTER 4 4 Research contribution 4.1 Operational forest monitoring in Siberia 4.2 Remote sensing for aboveground biomass estimation in boreal forests 4.3 Non-parametric retrieval of aboveground biomass 4.4 Multi-frequency SAR for estimation of aboveground biomass CHAPTER 5 5 Synthesis 5.1 Discussion and conclusions 5.2 Outlook REFERENCES APPENDIX A: PROCEEDINGS PAPER APPENDIX B: STUDIES ON nI0MASS ESTIMATION IN Il0REAL FORESTS MANUSCRIPT OVERVIEW STATEMENT OF AUTH0RSHIP CURRICULUM VITAE , Zusammenfassungen in deutscher und englischer Sprache
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 23
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Boca Raton : CRC Press
    Call number: AWI S2-23-95057
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xvii, 593 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Edition: Second edition
    ISBN: 978-0-367-13991-9
    Series Statement: Texts in statistical science
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Preface to the Second Edition Preface Audience Teaching strategy How to use this book Installing the rethinking R package Acknowledgments Chapter 1. The Golem of Prague 1.1. Statistical golems 1.2. Statistical rethinking 1.3. Tools for golem engineering 1.4. Summary Chapter 2. Small Worlds and Large Worlds 2.1. The garden of forking data 2.2. Building a model 2.3. Components of the model 2.4. Making the model go 2.5. Summary 2.6. Practice Chapter 3. Sampling the Imaginary . . 3.1. Sampling from a grid-approximate posterior 3.2. Sampling to summarize 3.3. Sampling to simulate prediction 3.4. Summary 3.5. Practice Chapter 4. Geocentric Models 4.1. Why normal distributions are normal 4.2. A language for describing models 4.3. Gaussian model of height 4.4. Linear prediction 4.5. Curves from lines 4.6. Summary 4.7. Practice Chapter 5. The Many Variables & The Spurious Waffles 5.1. Spurious association 5.2. Masked relationship 5.3. Categorical variables 5.4. Summary 5.5. Practice Chapter 6. The Haunted DAG & The Causal Terror 6.1. Multicollinearity 6.2. Post-treatment bias 6.3. Collider bias 6.4. Confronting confounding 6.5. Summary 6.6. Practice Chapter 7. Ulysses' Compass 7.1. The problem with parameters 7.2. Entropy and accuracy 7.3. Golem taming: regularization 7.4. Predicting predictive accuracy 7.5. Model comparison 7.6. Summary 7.7. Practice Chapter 8. Conditional Manatees 8.1. Building an interaction 8.2. Symmetry of interactions 8.3. Continuous interactions 8.4. Summary 8.5. Practice Chapter 9. Markov Chain Monte Carlo 9.1. Good King Markov and his island kingdom 9.2. Metropolis algorithms 9.3. Hamiltonian Monte Carlo 9.4. Easy HMC: ulam 9.5. Care and feeding of your Markov chain 9.6. Summary 9.7. Practice Chapter 10. Big Entropy and the Generalized Linear Model 10.1. Maximum entropy 10.2. Generalized linear models 10.3. Maximum entropy priors 10.4. Summary Chapter 11. God Spiked the Integers 11.1. Binomial regression 11.2. Poisson regression 11.3. Multinomial and categorical models 11.4. Summary 11.5. Practice Chapter 12. Monsters and Mixtures 12.1. Over-dispersed counts 12.2. Zero-inflated outcomes 12.3. Ordered categorical outcomes 12.4. Ordered categorical predictors 12.5. Summary 12.6. Practice Chapter 13. Models With Memory 13.1. Example: Multilevel tadpoles 13.2. Varying effects and the underfitting/overfitting trade-off 13.3. More than one type of cluster 13.4. Divergent transitions and non-centered priors 13.5. Multilevel posterior predictions 13.6. Summary 13.7. Practice Chapter 14. Adventures in Covariance 14.1. Varying slopes by construction 14.2. Advanced varying slopes 14.3. Instruments and causal designs 14.4. Social relations as correlated varying effects 14.5. Continuous categories and the Gaussian process 14.6. Summary 14.7. Practice Chapter 15. Missing Data and Other Opportunities 15.1. Measurement error 15.2. Missing data 15.3. Categorical errors and discrete absences 15.4. Summary 15.5. Practice Chapter 16. Generalized Linear Madness 16.1. Geometric people 16.2. Hidden minds and observed behavior 16.3. Ordinary differential nut cracking 16.4. Population dynamics 16.5. Summary 16.6. Practice Chapter 17. Horoscopes Endnotes Bibliography Citation index Topic index
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 24
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Offenbach/M : Deutscher Wetterdienst, Fachinformationsstelle und Deutsche Meteorologische Bibliothek
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-652-103
    In: Promet, Heft 103
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 115 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten , 30 cm
    Edition: Redaktionsschluss: 29.09.2020
    ISBN: 9783881485227
    ISSN: 0340-4552 , 2194-5950
    Series Statement: Promet Heft 103
    Language: German
    Note: Inhalt Beitrag Vorwort „Zu diesem Heft“ / M. SPRENGER Zyklonen als Stürme von großer sozioökonomischer Relevanz 1 Vorhersage von Zyklonen / F. PANTILLON 2 Clustering von Zyklonen / M. KARREMANN, J. PINTO Struktur und Entwicklung einzelner Zyklonen 3 Die Vermessung von Zyklonen / A. SCHÄFLER, F. EWALD, M. RAUTENHAUS 4 Zyklonen und Fronten / S. SCHEMM, M. SPRENGER 5 Zyklonen als Dauerbrenner in der Geschichte der Meteorologie / H. DAVIES 6 Die PV-Struktur außertropischer Zyklonen / M. BOETTCHER, H. WERNLI 7 Warm Conveyor Belts / H. BINDER, E. MADONNA 8 Von der tropischen zur außertropischen Zyklone / M. RIEMER, C. GRAMS, J. KELLER Zyklonen früher und in Zukunft 9 Zyklonen und Paläoklima / C. RAIBLE, P. LUDWIG, M. MESSMER 10 Zyklonen in einem sich ändernden Klima / U. ULBRICH, G. LECKEBUSCH Buchbesprechung Examina im Jahr 2019 Examina im Jahr 2018
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 25
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    New York : Macmillan Learning
    Call number: AWI G1-21-94626
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: Getrennte Zählungen , Illustrationen, Karten
    Edition: Eighth edition
    ISBN: 9781319055325 , 9781319325398 , 1319325394
    Former Title: Understanding earth [5th edition]
    Language: English
    Note: Contents About the Authors Preface Chapter 1 The Earth System The Scientific Method Hypothesis and Theory Scientific Models Importance of Scientific Collaboration Geology as a Science Earth's Shape and Surface Peeling the Onion: Discovery of a Layered Earth Earth's Density The Mantle and Core The Crust The Inner Core Chemical Composition of Earth's Major Layers Earth as a System of Interacting Components The Climate System The Plate Tectonic System The Geodynamo Interactions Among Geosystems Support Life An Overview of Geologic Time The Origin of Earth and Its Global Geosystems The Evolution of Life Chapter 2 Plate Tectonics: The Unifying Theory The Discovery of Plate Tectonics Continental Drift Seafloor Spreading The Great Synthesis: 1963-1968 The Plates and Their Boundaries Divergent Boundaries Convergent Boundaries Transform Faults Combinations of Plate Boundaries Rates and History of Plate Movements The Seafloor as a Magnetic Tape Recorder Deep-Sea Drilling Measurements of Plate Movements by Geodesy The Grand Reconstruction Seafloor isochrons Reconstructing the History of Plate Movements The Breakup of Pangaea The Assembly of Pangaea by Continental Drift Implications of the Grand Reconstruction Mantle Convection:The Engine of Plate Tectonics Where Do the Plate-Driving Forces Originate? How Deep Does Plate Recycling Occur? What Is the Nature of Rising Convection Currents? Chapter 3 Earth Materials: Minerals and Rocks What Are Minerals? The Structure of Matter The Structure of Atoms Atomic Number and Atomic Mass Chemical Reactions Chemical Bonds The Formation of Minerals The Atomic Structure of Minerals The Crystallization of Minerals How Do Minerals Form? Classes of Rock-Forming Minerals Silicates Carbonates Oxides Sulfides Sulfates Physical Properties of Minerals Hardness Cleavage Fracture Luster Color Density Crystal Habit What Are Rocks? Properties of Rocks Igneous Rocks Sedimentary Rocks Metamorphic Rocks The Rock Cycle: Interactions Between the Plate Tectonic and Climate Systems Concentrations of Valuable Mineral Resources Hydrothermal Deposits Igneous Deposits Sedimentary Deposits Mineral Evolution Chapter 4 Igneous Rocks: Solids from Melts How Do Igneous Rocks Differ from One Another? Texture Chemical and Mineral Composition How Do Magmas Form? How Do Rocks Melt? The Formation of Magma Chambers Where Do Magmas Form? Magmatic Differentiation Fractional Crystallization: Laboratory and Field Observations Granite from Basalt: Complexities of Magmatic Differentiation Forms of Igneous Intrusions Plutons Sills and Dikes Veins Igneous Processes and Plate Tectonics Spreading Centers as Magma Factories Subduction Zones as Magma Factories Mantle Plumes as Magma Factories Chapter 5 Volcanoes Volcanoes as Geosystems Lavas and Other Volcanic Deposits Types of Lava Textures of Volcanic Rocks Pyroclastic Deposits Eruptive Styles and Landforms Central Eruptions Fissure Eruptions Interactions of Volcanoes with Other Geosystems Volcanism and the Hydrosphere Volcanism and the Atmosphere The Global Pattern of Volcanism Volcanism at Spreading Centers Volcanism in Subduction Zones Intraplate Volcanism: The Mantle Plume Hypothesis 2018 Eruption of Kilauea Volcano, Hawaii Volcanism and Human Affairs Volcanic Hazards Reducing the Risks of Volcanic Hazards Natural Resources from Volcanoes Chapter 6 Sedimentation: Rocks Formed by Surface Processes Surface Processes of the Rock Cycle Weathering and Erosion: The Source of Sediments Transportation and Deposition: The Downhill Journey to Sedimentary Basins Oceans as Chemical Mixing Vats Sedimentary Basins:The Sinks for Sediments Rift Basins and Thermal Subsidence Basins Flexural Basins Sedimentary Environments Continental Sedimentary Environments Shoreline Sedimentary Environments Marine Sedimentary Environments Siliciclastic versus Chemical and Biological Sedimentary Environments Sedimentary Structures Cross-Bedding Graded Bedding Ripples Bioturbation Structures Bedding Sequences Burial and Diagenesis: From Sediment to Rock Burial Diagenesis Classification of SiliciclasticSediments and Sedimentary Rocks Coarse-Grained Siliciclastics: Gravel and Conglomerate Medium-Grained Siliciclastics: Sand and Sandstone Fine-Grained Siliciclastics Classification of Chemical and Biological Sediments and Sedimentary Rocks Carbonate Sediments and Rocks Evaporite Sediments and Rocks: Products of Evaporation Other Biological and Chemical Sediments Chapter 7 Metamorphism: Alteration of Rocks by Temperature and Pressure Causes of Metamorphism The Role of Temperature The Role of Pressure The Role of Fluids Types of Metamorphism Regional Metamorphism Contact Metamorphism Seafloor Metamorphism Other Types of Metamorphism MetamorphicTextures Foliation and Cleavage Foliated Rocks Granoblastic Rocks Porphyroblasts Regional Metamorphism and Metamorphic Grade Mineral Isograds: Mapping Zones of Change Metamorphic Grade and Parent Rock Composition Metamorphic Fades PlateTectonics and Metamorphism Metamorphic Pressure-Temperature Paths Ocean-Continent Convergence Continent-Continent Collision Exhumation: A Link Between the Plate Tectonic and Climate Systems Chapter 8 Deformation: Modification of Rocks by Folding and Fracturing PlateTectonic Forces Mapping Geologic Structure Measuring Strike and Dip Geologic Maps Geologic Cross Sections How Rocks Deform Brittle and Ductile Behavior of Rocks in the Laboratory Brittle and Ductile Behavior of Rocks in Earth's Crust Basic Deformation Structures Faults Folds Circular Structures Joints Deformation Textures Styles of Continental Deformation Tensional Tectonics Compressive Tectonics Shearing Tectonics Unraveling Geologic History Chapter 9 Clocks in Rocks: liming the Geologic Record Reconstructing Geologic History From the Stratigraphic Record Principles of Stratigraphy Fossils as Recorders of Geologic Time Unconformities: Gaps in the Geologic Record Cross-Cutting Relationships The Geologic Time Scale: Relative Ages Intervals of Geologic Time Interval Boundaries Mark Mass Extinctions Ages of Petroleum Source Rocks Measuring Absolute Time with Isotopic Clocks Discovery of Radioactivity Radioactive Isotopes: The Clocks in Rocks Isotopic Dating Methods The Geologic Time Scale: Absolute Ages Eons: The Longest Intervals of Geologic Time Perspectives on Geologic Time Recent Advances in Timing the Earth System Sequence Stratigraphy ,Chemical Stratigraphy Paleomagnetic Stratigraphy Clocking the Climate System Chapter 10 Earthquakes What Is an Earthquake? The Elastic Rebound Theory Fault Rupture During Earthquakes Foreshocks and Aftershocks How Do We Study Earthquakes? Seismographs Seismic Waves Locating the Focus Measuring the Size of an Earthquake Determining Fault Mechanisms GPS Measurements and "Silent" Earthquakes Earthquakes and Patterns of Faulting The Big Picture: Earthquakes and Plate Tectonics Regional Fault Systems Earthquake Hazards and Risks How Earthquakes Cause Damage Reducing Earthquake Risk Can Earthquakes Be Predicted? Long-Term Forecasting Short-Term Prediction Medium-Term Forecasting Chapter 11 Exploring Earth's Interior Exploring Earth's Interior with Seismic Waves Basic Types of Waves Paths of Seismic Waves Through Earth Seismic Exploration of Near-Surface Layering Layering and Composition of Earth's Interior The Crust The Mantle The Core-Mantle Boundary The Core Earth's Internal Temperature Heat Flow Through Earth's Interior Temperatures Inside Earth Visualizing Earth'sThree-Dimensional Structure Seismic Tomography Earth's Gravitational Field Earth's Magnetic Field and the Geodynamo The Dipole Field Complexity of the Magnetic Field Paleomagnetism The Magnetic Field and the Biosphere Chapter 12 The Climate System What Is Climate? Components of the Climate
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 26
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Cham : Springer
    Call number: AWI G3-20-93399
    Description / Table of Contents: This book provides a cross-disciplinary overview of permafrost and the carbon cycle by providing an introduction into the geographical distribution of permafrost, with a focus on the distribution of permafrost and its soil carbon reservoirs. The chapters explain the basic physical properties and processes of permafrost soils: ice, mineral and organic components, and how these interact with climate, vegetation and geomorphological processes. In particular, the book covers the role of the large quantities of ice in many permafrost soils which are crucial to understanding carbon cycle processes. An explanation is given on how permafrost becomes loaded with ice and carbon. Gas hydrates are also introduced. Structures and processes formed by the intense freeze-thaw action in the active layer are considered (e.g. ice wedging, cryoturbation), and the processes that occur as the permafrost thaws, (pond and lake formation, erosion). The book introduces soil carbon accumulation and decomposition mechanisms and how these are modified in a permafrost environment. A separate chapter deals with deep permafrost carbon, gas reservoirs and recently discovered methane emission phenomena from regions such as Northwest Siberia and the Siberian yedoma permafrost.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xv, 508 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9783030313784
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Introduction 1.1 What Is Permafrost and Where Does it Occur? 1.2 Research on Permafrost: A Shifting Focus from Ice to Carbon 1.3 The Permafrost Carbon Feedback 1.4 Setting the Stage 1.4.1 Climate in Permafrost Areas 1.4.2 Vegetation in Permafrost Areas 1.4.3 Peatlands and Wetlands 1.4.4 Soils 1.4.5 Ice Age Permafrost 1.4.6 Geomorphology 1.5 Recent and Future Climate Change 1.6 The Uncertain Future of Permafrost References 2 The Energy Balance of Permafrost Soils and Ecosystems 2.1 The Radiation Balance 2.2 Latent, Sensible and Conductive Heat Fluxes 2.2.1 Partitioning of the Radiative Flux into Turbulent and Conductive Fluxes 2.2.2 Measurement Uncertainty 2.3 Heat Balance of Vegetation Cover 2.4 Seasonality of the Surface Heat Balance Illustrated by Data 2.4.1 Summer 2.4.2 Winter Cooling 2.4.3 Changes in the Heat Balance and Climate Change 2.5 Ground Heat Flux 2.5.1 Soil Profile Scale 2.5.2 The Effect of Ground Surface Conditions on Soil Temperature and Heat Flux 2.5.3 Large Scale Approaches 2.6 Deeper Permafrost Temperature Profile and Lateral Heat Fluxes 2.7 Lakes and Other Water Bodies References 3 The Role of Ground Ice 3.1 Basic Soil Ice Characteristics 3.2 Ice Segregation and Frost Heave 3.2.1 Ice Segregation Process 3.2.2 Environmental Conditions for Ice Segregation 3.3 Cracking and Wedging 3.3.1 Processes of Ice Wedge Formation 3.3.2 Ice Wedges in the Landscape 3.4 Frost Mounds 3.4.1 Palsas and Similar Features 3.4.2 Pingos 3.5 Cryoturbation and Patterned Ground 3.6 Slope Process: Solifluction and Cryogenic Landslides 3.7 Contribution of Ice to Rock Weathering 3.8 Ice and Hydrology 3.8.1 Active Layer Hydrological Processes 3.8.2 Runoff and River Discharge 3.9 Thaw Lakes 3.9.1 Thaw Lake Formation and Geomorphology 3.9.2 Thaw Lake Disappearance 3.10 Mapping Ice Content References 4 Permafrost Carbon Quantities and Fluxes 4.1 The Ecosystem Carbon Balance 4.1.1 Terrestrial Environments 4.1.2 Lakes 4.1.3 The Greenhouse Gas Balance 4.2 Vegetation Primary Production 4.2.1 Photosynthesis and Carbon Allocation 4.2.2 Primary Production in a Cold Climate 4.3 Vegetation Composition: Effects on the Carbon Cycle 4.4 Carbon Quantity in Permafrost Soils and Frozen Deposits 4.4.1 Yedoma Deposits 4.4.2 Peat 4.4.3 Alluvial and Lake Sediments 4.4.4 Landscape-Scale Variation of the Soil Organic Carbon Stock 4.5 Soil Organic Matter Quality and Decomposition 4.5.1 Organic Matter Quality in Permafrost 4.5.2 Carbon Conservation in Permafrost 4.5.3 Decomposer Communities in Cold and Waterlogged Soils 4.5.4 Organic Matter Decomposition Reaction Rates and Their Dependence on Temperature 4.5.5 Nutrient Cycles and Nitrous Oxide 4.5.6 Ecosystem Methane Emission 4.6 Ecosystem Carbon Flux Data 4.6.1 Quantifying Ecosystem Carbon Fluxes of Permafrost Ecosystems by Surface Measurements 4.6.2 Temporal and Spatial Variability of Permafrost Ecosystem Carbon Fluxes References 5 Permafrost in Transition 5.1 Which Changes? 5.2 Diffuse Permafrost Thaw 5.2.1 Observations of Active Layer Thickness and Surface Subsidence 5.2.2 Relation of Active Layer Thickness with Climate Change 5.2.3 Carbon Cycle Effects of Active Layer and Soil Temperature Change 5.2.4 Self-Heating Effect 5.3 Permafrost Thaw and Geomorphological Change 5.3.1 Thaw Pond and Fen Development 5.3.2 Thaw Lake Expansion 5.3.3 Thaw Lake Carbon Cycle Change 5.3.4 Erosion 5.4 Hydrological Changes 5.4.1 Water Balance: Groundwater Hydrology and Permafrost Thaw 5.4.2 Water Balance: Precipitation and Evapotranspiration 5.4.3 River Discharge Changes and Flooding 5.4.4 Water Transport of Carbon and Nutrients 5.4.5 Soil Hydrology Changes – Wetting or Drying? 5.4.6 Soil Hydrology Changes – Carbon Cycle Effects References 6 Vegetation Change 6.1 Zonal Vegetation Shifts 6.1.1 Present Climate-Related Vegetation Change 6.1.2 Arctic Greening and Browning 6.1.3 Feedbacks on Climate and Soil Temperature 6.1.4 Carbon Balance Effects of Vegetation Change 6.1.5 Fire 6.2 Thawing Permafrost and Vegetation 6.2.1 Effects of Permafrost Thaw on Vegetation: Nutrient Release 6.2.2 Below-Ground Interaction of Root Systems with Nutrients and Soil Carbon 6.2.3 Abrupt Thaw and Vegetation 6.2.4 Resilience 6.3 Human Vegetation Disturbance: Industrialisation and Agriculture References 7 Methane 7.1 Deep CH4 Sources 7.2 Climate Change Related Release of Deep Permafrost CH4 7.3 Cryovolcanism: Gas Emission Craters 7.4 CH4 Emissions in Perspective: Ecosystem Emissons, CO2 and N2O References 8 Models: Forecasting the Present and Future of Permafrost 8.1 Land Surface Models 8.2 Permafrost Models 8.3 The Carbon Cycle in Models 8.4 Geomorphology: Lake Formation and Erosion in Models 8.5 Outlook References Glossary Index
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 27
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    [Aarhus] : Aarhus University, DCE - Danish Centre for Environment and Energy
    Call number: AWI P5-20-93484
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 189 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Edition: third edition
    ISBN: 978-87-93129-15-3
    Language: English
    Note: INTERACT STATIONS SVALBARD, NORWAY 1 AWIPEV Arctic Research base 2 CNR Arctic Station "Dirigibile ltalia" 3 Ny-Ålesund Research Station- Sverdrup 4 UK Arctic Research Station 5 Netherlands' Arctic Station 6 Adam Mickiewicz University Polar Station - Petuniabukta 7 Czech Arctic Research Station of Josef Svoboda 8 Polish Polar Station, Hornsund NORWAY 9 Finse Alpine Research Centre 10 Nibio Svanhovd Research Station SWEDEN 11 Svartberget Research Station 12 Tarfala Research Station 13 Abisko Scientific Research Station FINLAND 14 Kilpisjarvi Biological Station 15 Pallas-Sodankyla Stations 16 Kolari Research Unit 17 Hyytiälä Forest Research Station 18 Kainuu Fisheries Research Station 19 Oulanka Research Station 20 Varrio Subarctic Research Station 21 Kevo Subarctic Research Station SWITZERLAND 22 Alpine Research and Education Station Furka AUSTRIA 23 Station Hintereis 24 Sonnblick Observatory CZECH REPUBLIC 25 Krkonose Mountains National Park POLAND 26 Karkonosze Mountains National Park 27 M&M Klapa Research Station RUSSIA 28 Lammin-Suo Peatland Station 29 Khibiny Educational and Scientific Station 30 The Arctic Research Station 31 Mukhrino Field Station 32 Numto Park Station 33 Khanymey Research Station 34 Beliy Island Research Station 35 Willem Barentsz Biological Station 36 lgarka Geocryology Laboratory 37 Kajbasovo Research Staton 38 Aktru Research Station 39 Evenkian Field Station 40 International Ecological Educational Center "lstomino" 41 Research Station Samoylov Island 42 Spasskaya Pad Scientific Forest Station 43 Elgeeii Scientific Forest station 44 Chokurdakh Scientific Tundra Station 45 Orotuk Field Station 46 AvachinskyVolcano Field Station 47 North-East Science Station 48 Meinypil'gyno Community Based Biological Station KYRGYZ REPUBLIC 49 Adygine Research Station ALASKA 50 Barrow Arctic Research Center/Barrow Environmental Observatory 51 Toolik Field Station CANADA 52 Kluane Lake Research Station 53 Western Arctic Research Centre 54 Canadian High Arctic Research Station 55 M'Clintock Channel Polar Research Cabins 56 Churchill Northern Studies Centre 57 Flashline Mars Arctic Research Station 58 Polar Environment Atmospheric Research Laboratory 59 CEN Ward Hunt Island Research Station 60 CEN Bylot Island Field Station 61 lgloolik Research Center 62 CEN Salluit Research Station 63 CEN Boniface River Field Station 64 CEN Umiujaq Research Station 65 CEN Whapmagoostui-Kuujjuarapik Research Station 66 CEN Radisson Ecological Research Station 67 CEN Clearwater Lake Research Station 68 Nunavut Research Institute 69 CEN Kangiqsualujjuaq Sukuijarvik Research Station 70 Uapishka Research Station 71 Labrador Institute Research Station GREENLAND 72 DMI Geophysical Observatory- Qaanaaq 73 Arctic Station 74 Arctic DTU, ARTEK Research Station 75 Greenland Institute of Natural Resources 76 Sermilik Research Station 77 Summit Station 78 EGRIP Field Station 79 Zackenberg Research Station 80 Villum Research Station ICELAND 81 Sudurnes Science and Learning Center 82 Litla-Skard 83 China-lceland Arctic Observatory 84 Rif Field Station 85 Skálanes Nature and Heritage Center FAROE ISLANDS 86 Faroe Islands Nature Investigation SCOTLAND 87 ECN Cairngorms
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 28
    Call number: AWI E2-20-93574
    In: Geo : die Welt mit anderen Augen sehen, 03/2020
    Type of Medium: Journal available for loan
    Pages: Seite 26-48 , Illustrationen
    ISSN: 0342-8311
    Series Statement: Geo : die Welt mit anderen Augen sehen 03/2020
    Language: German
    Note: TITELTHEMA: Gefangen im Eis Seit Herbst 2019 führt das Forschungsschiff „Polarstern“ die größte Arktisexpedition aller Zeiten an. Hunderte Wissenschaftler erforschen die Umwelt in der Nordpolregion – unter härtesten Bedingungen. Von Marlene Göring und Esther Horvath NEUSEELAND Ein Land auf Rattenjagd Invasive Arten machen der Vogelwelt auf Neuseeland den Garaus. Jetzt rüsten Tierschützer zum Kampf: Millionen Ratten, Wiesel und Possums sollen sterben. Kann der wahnwitzige Plan gelingen? Von Anke Sparmann und David M. Smith PORTRÄT Musikalische Leckerlis Katzen mögen Mozart? Nur weil sie nichts Besseres kennen. Der Cellist David Teie komponiert Musik eigens für Katzen, Hunde und Affen – mit erstaunlichem Erfolg. Von Johannes Böhme und Jared Soares HONGKONG Die Kolonie der Kämpfer Unversöhnlich stehen sich Polizisten und Demonstranten auf Hongkongs Straßen gegenüber; immer gewalttätiger werden die Proteste. Ein GEO-Team hat unter großer Gefahr Aktivisten über Monate begleitet. FOTOGRAFIE Europa in der Nachkriegszeit Bill Perlmutter kam in den 1950er Jahren als Soldat mit dem Auftrag nach Europa, das alltägliche Leben zu dokumentieren. Sein unvoreingenommener Blick zeigt Menschen mit fröhlichem Aufbruchsgeist. ANTIMATERIE Spurensuche in der Schattenwelt In der Fantasie des Kinos treibt sie Raumschiffe an, im wahren Leben stellt sie Physiker vor ein Rätsel: Eigentlich gibt es viel zu wenig Antimaterie auf der Welt. Wo ist der geheimnisvolle Stoff abgeblieben? KOSMOS In Australien rettet die Feuerwehr Dinosaurier-Bäume. Tiefseekorallen vor Hawaii erholen sich verblüffend schnell. Ein Smartphone-Mikroskop soll Menschen helfen. Dazu Geschichten in Bildern aus Louisiana, der Mongolei und Mosambik GEO-TAG DER NATUR Wie vielfältig sind unsere Biotope? Beim GEO-Tag der Natur werden wieder Tausende Naturliebhaber in ganz Deutschland ausschwärmen, um Artenvielfalt zu kartieren 361° Können Krokodile weinen? Brauchen wir personalisierte Medikamente? Warum gibt es in Städten mehr Kriminalität? Antworten auf diese und weitere spannende Fragen WELTBÜRGER Fermin Pablo Cilio aus Peru
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 29
    Call number: AWI P1-20-94200 ; M 23.94200
    Description / Table of Contents: Die Hochgebirge haben eine große Bedeutung für das globale Klima, die Wasserversorgung und die Biosphäre. So ist die besonders starke Ausprägung des Amazonas-Regenwalds den Anden zu verdanken. Sie verhindern den Durchzug der aus dem Atlantik mit viel Luftfeuchtigkeit kommenden Wolken. Dadurch erhält das Amazonas-Gebiet im Jahresdurchschnitt über 2.000 mm Regen, was die Grundlage für die intensive Bewaldung ist. Obwohl die Gebirge global nur ca. 12% der Landfläche bedecken, beherbergen Hochgebirge rund die Hälfte aller Säugetierarten und 74% aller endemischen Vogelarten (ohne Inselarten). 21 der 34 globalen Biodiversitätshotspots befinden sich in Hochgebirgen. In den Gebirgen entstehen aufgrund von höheren Niederschlägen wichtige Wasserressourcen auch für die angrenzenden Tiefländer. Trotz der für den Menschen oft erschwerten Zugänglichkeit sind Hochgebirge und Hoch-Plateaus, besonders in tropischen Regionen, Orte dichter Besiedlung und sogar von Hochkulturen. Die Folgen des Klimawandels sind in den Hochgebirgen besonders deutlich. So war die Erwärmung in den vergangenen Jahrzehnten dort höher als in den Flachländern. Die Gletscher schrumpfen in fast allen Gebirgen, insbesondere in den letzten Jahrzehnten. Auf den jetzt eisfreien Flächen siedeln sich schon nach wenigen Jahren neue Pflanzengemeinschaften an. In den Alpen hat das Eisvolumen seit 1850 schon um mehr als zwei Drittel abgenommen. Das entspricht allein seit 1997 einem Süßwasserverlust von etwa dem 14fachen Volumen des Bodensees. Insgesamt sind die Klimaänderungen in den Gebirgsregionen gravierender als im Flachland. Mit der Zunahme der Starkregen und dem Rückgang des Permafrosts nimmt die Gefahr von Erdrutschen zu, und manche Gletscher wurden instabil. Im Mittel haben sich die Temperaturen im Gebirgspermafrost in einem Jahrzehnt von 2007 bis 2016 um etwa 0,2°C erhöht. Die Schneedeckendauer nahm in den letzten Jahrzehnten kontinuierlich ab; die Herausforderungen für den Wintertourismus werden zusehends größer.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 384 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9783982006734
    Language: German
    Note: Inhaltsverzeichnis Vorwort Liste der Autoren/Autorinnen und der Gutachter Hochgebirge: Definition, Bedeutung, Veränderungen und Gefahren / (José L. Lozán,Siegmar-W. Breckle, Heidi Escher-Vetter, Hartmut Graßl & Dieter Kasang) 1 Bedeutung der Hochgebirge 1.1 Der Einfluss von Hochgebirgen auf die Zirkulation der Atmosphäre / (Jürgen Böhner & Jörg Bendix) 1.2 Die Entstehung der Hochgebirge / (Martin Meschede) 1.3 Übersicht über die wichtigsten Gebirge der Erde / (José L.Lozán, Siegmar-W. Breckle, Dieter Kasang & Heidi Escher-Vetter) 1.4 Berge und Gebirge im Meer / (Bernd Christiansen) 1.5 Hochgebirge: Wassertürme für eine wachsende Weltbevölkerung / (Carmen de Jong) 1.6 Erdoberflächenprozesse im Hochgebirge – Der Einfluss des Klimawandels / (Lothar Schrott & Jan Blöthe) 1.7 Hochgebirge: Hotspots der Biodiversität / (Severin Irl & Andreas H. Schweiger) 1.8 Hochgebirge als Ressourcenräume für Tiefländer / (Matthias Winiger) 1.9 Bevölkerung und Siedlungsstrukturen im Hochgebirge / (Christoph Stadel & Axel Borsdorf) 1.10 Lokale Anpassungsstrategien für Landnutzung in Hochgebirgen / (Hermann Kreutzmann) 2 Paläoökologische Veränderungen in Hochgebirgen 2.1 Globale Klima- und Gletscherveränderungen im Pleistozän und Holozän / (Heinz Veit & Alexander Groos) 2.2 Welche Umweltinformationen können aus Jahrringen abgeleitet werden? / (Achim Bräuning & Jussi Grießinger) 2.3 Holozäne Klimaänderungen und Waldgrenzschwankungen in den Alpen / (Conradin A. Burga) 2.4 Anthropogene Einflüsse auf die Hochgebirgsumwelt im Holozän: Einblicke aus einer alpinen Bergbaulandschaft / (Kerstin Kowarik & Hans Reschreiter) 3 Veränderungen der Kryosphäre in Hochgebirgen 3.1 Gletscherbeobachtung und globale Trends / (Frank Paul & Martin Hoelzle) 3.2 Die Gletscher Hochasiens im Klimawandel / (Tobias Bolch, Atanu Bhattacharya & Owen King) 3.3 Die Karakorum-Anomalie / (Christoph Mayer, Astrid Lambrecht & Alexander Groos) 3.4 Wenn Gletscher abrutschen / (Andreas Kääb) 3.5 Tropische Gletscher: Ostafrika / (Rainer Prinz & Thomas Mölg) 3.6 Die Gletscher der Anden im Klimawandel / (Thorsten Seehaus) 3.7 Gletscher und Schnee in Hochgebirgen Nordamerikas / (Dieter Kasang & José L. Lozán) 3.8 Gletscherschmelze unter Schuttbedeckung: Verbreitung, Prozesse und Messmethoden / (Pascal Buri, Simone Schauwecker & Jakob Steiner) 3.9 Permafrost in den Alpen – Langzeitbeobachtung und Entwicklung über zwei Jahrzehnte (Jeannette Nötzli) 3.10 Globale Klimaänderung und die Gletscher auf Neuseeland / (Stefan Winkler) 3.11 Einfluss des Klimawandels auf die Schneebedeckung / (Kay Helfricht & Marc Olefs) 4 Hydrologische Veränderungen in Hochgebirgen 4.1 Hochgebirgsgewässer im Wandel / (Heike Zimmermann-Timm, Deep Narayan Shah & Ram Devi Tachamo Shah) 4.2 Einfluss des globalen Wandels auf die Bodenstabilität des alpinen Graslandes / (Christine Alewell, Lauren Zweifel & Katrin Meusburger 4.3 Sozio-Hydrologie des Trans-Himalaya – Schmelzwasserverfügbarkeit und Bewässerungslandwirtschaft / (Marcus Nüsser, Juliane Dame & Susanne Schmidt) 4.4 Hochgebirge und Wasserressourcen in Peru und Kalifornien / (Dieter Kasang) 4.5 Hydrologische Veränderungen in vergletscherten Einzugsgebieten / (Regine Hoch) 5 Biodiversität der Hochgebirge im Klimawandel 5.1 Klimawandel und Vegetationsdynamik im Hochgebirge / (Harald Pauli) 5.2 Phänologische Veränderungen in Hochgebirgen / (Christian Rixen) 5.3 Klimawandel und Gebirgswälder: Bedrohung der Multifunktionalität? / (Georg Gratzer) 5.4 Alpine Waldgrenzen im Klimawandel – Wie sind die heterogenen Reaktionsmuster zu erklären? / (Udo Schickhoff, Maria Bobrowski & Niels Schwab) 5.5 Vegetation und Klimawandel an der Ostkordillere von Ecuador am Beispiel des Páramo de Papallacta / (M. Daud Rafiqpoor & Siegmar-W. Breckle) 5.6 Auswirkungen des Klimawandels auf das Wachstum von Zwergsträuchern in Hochgebirgen / (Stef Weijers & Jörg Löffler) 5.7 Pflanzen besiedeln neue Lebensräume: Primärsukzession auf Gletschervorfeldern / (Brigitta Erschbamer & Conradin A. Burga) 5.8 Klimawandel und biologische Invasionen im Hochgebirge /(Anna Schertler, Franz Essl & Bernd Lenzner) 5.9 Die Tierwelt der Alpen im Klimawandel / (Peter Huemer, Hermann Sonntag, Friederike Barkmann & André Stadler) 5.10 Ökologische Folgen des Landnutzungswandels in den Alpen / (Erich Tasser & Ulrike Tappeiner) 6 Sozioökonomische Veränderungen in Hochgebirgen 6.1 Ökonomische Bewertung von Biodiversität und Ökosystemleistungen in den Alpen / (Andreas Bartel & Barbara Färber) 6.2 Der sozioökonomische Strukturwandel in den Alpen / (Oliver Bender & Andreas Haller) 6.3 Klimawandel und Wintersporttourismus: Wahrnehmung und Reaktion der Touristen / (Jürgen Schmude & Maximilian Witting) 6.4 Mensch-Umwelt-Interaktionen im Äthiopischen Hochland / (Simon Strobelt & Michèle von Kocemba) 7 Naturgefahren in Hochgebirgen 7.1 Klimawandel, Morphodynamik und gravitative Massenbewegungen / (Thomas Glade) 7.2 Einfluss der Permafrostdegradation auf Hangstabilität / (Friederike Günzel & Wilfried Haeberli) 7.3 Warnsignal Klima - Die Lawinengefahr im Klimawandel / (Benjamin Reuter, Christoph Mitterer & Sascha Bellaire) 7.4 Gefahren aus vergletscherten Vulkanen: Das Beispiel Nevado del Ruiz / (Simon Allen, Christian Huggel & Frank Paul) 7.5 Bedrohung durch Erdbeben im Himalaya / (Birger-G. Lühr) 7.6 Risiken durch Gletscherseen im Klimawandel / (Holger Frey & Wilfried Haeberli) 7.7 Bergstürze, Seeausbrüche und Muren im Pamir / (Siegmar-W. Breckle & Martin Mergili) 8 Maßnahmen zum Klimaschutz und zur Anpassung 8.1 Klimawandel und Naturschutz im Gebirge: Neue Herausforderungen / (Mario F. Broggi) 8.2 Klimawandel und Anpassungsstrategien im Alpentourismus / (Ulrike Pröbstl-Haider) 8.3 Klimawandel in den Lebenswelten und Handlungslogiken ländlicher Bevölkerung im Hochgebirge: Perspektiven aus dem Callejón de Huaylas, Peru / (Martina Neuburger) 8.4 Hochland-Tiefland Beziehungen in ihrer Bedeutung für eine nachhaltige Entwicklung in Gebirgsräumen / (Paul Messerli, Susanne Wymann von Dach & Thomas Kohler) 9 Sachregister
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Location: Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 30
    Call number: AWI G3-20-93985
    Description / Table of Contents: Der zentralasiatische Naturraum, wie er sich uns heute präsentiert, ist das Ergebnis eines Zusammenwirkens vieler verschiedener Faktoren über Jahrmillionen hinweg. Im aktuellen Kontext des Klimawandels zeigt sich jedoch, wie stark sich Stoffflüsse auch kurzfristig ändern und dabei das Gesicht der Landschaft verwandeln können. Die Gobi-Wüste in der Inneren Mongolei (China), als Teil der gleichnamigen Trockenregionen Nordwestchinas, ist aufgrund der Ausgestaltung ihrer landschaftsprägenden Elemente sowie ihrer Landschaftsdynamik, im Zusammenhang mit der Lage zum Tibet-Plateau, in den Fokus der klimageschichtlichen Grundlagenforschung gerückt. Als großes Langzeitarchiv unterschiedlichster fluvialer, lakustriner und äolischer Sedimente stellt sie eine bedeutende Lokalität zur Rekonstruktion von lokalen und regionalen Stoffflüssen dar.. Andererseits ist die Gobi-Wüste zugleich auch eine bedeutende Quelle für den überregionalen Staubtransport, da sie aufgrund der klimatischen Bedingungen insbesondere der Erosion durch Ausblasung preisgegeben wird. Vor diesem Hintergrund erfolgten zwischen 2011 und 2014, im Rahmen des BMBF-Verbundprogramms WTZ Zentralasien – Monsundynamik & Geoökosysteme (Förderkennzeichen 03G0814), mehrere deutsch-chinesische Expeditionen in das Ejina-Becken (Innere Mongolei) und das Qilian Shan-Vorland. Im Zuge dieser Expeditionen wurden für eine Bestimmung potenzieller Sedimentquellen erstmals zahlreiche Oberflächenproben aus dem gesamten Einzugsgebiet des Heihe (schwarzer Fluss) gesammelt. Zudem wurden mit zwei Bohrungen im inneren des Ejina-Beckens, ergänzende Sedimentbohrkerne zum bestehenden Bohrkern D100 (siehe Wünnemann (2005)) abgeteuft, um weit reichende, ergänzende Informationen zur Landschaftsgeschichte und zum überregionalen Sedimenttransfer zu erhalten. Gegenstand und Ziel der vorliegenden Doktorarbeit ist die sedimentologisch-mineralogische Charakterisierung des Untersuchungsgebietes in Bezug auf potenzielle Sedimentquellen und Stoffflüsse des Ejina-Beckens sowie die Rekonstruktion der Ablagerungsgeschichte eines dort erbohrten, 19m langen Sedimentbohrkerns (GN100). Schwerpunkt ist hierbei die Klärung der Sedimentherkunft innerhalb des Bohrkerns sowie die Ausweisung von Herkunftssignalen und möglichen Sedimentquellen bzw. Sedimenttransportpfaden. Die methodische Herangehensweise basiert auf einem Multi-Proxy-Ansatz zur Charakterisierung der klastischen Sedimentfazies anhand von Geländebeobachtungen, lithologisch-granulometrischen und mineralogisch-geochemischen Analysen sowie statistischen Verfahren. Für die mineralogischen Untersuchungen der Sedimente wurde eine neue, rasterelektronenmikroskopische Methode zur automatisierten Partikelanalyse genutzt und den traditionellen Methoden gegenübergestellt. Die synoptische Betrachtung der granulometrischen, geochemischen und mineralogischen Befunde der Oberflächensedimente ergibt für das Untersuchungsgebiet ein logisches Kaskadenmodell mit immer wiederkehrenden Prozessbereichen und ähnlichen Prozesssignalen. Die umfangreichen granulometrischen Analysen deuten dabei auf abnehmende Korngrößen mit zunehmender Entfernung vom Qilian Shan hin und ermöglichen die Identifizierung von vier texturellen Signalen: den fluvialen Sanden, den Dünensanden, den Stillwassersedimenten und Stäuben. Diese Ergebnisse können als Interpretationsgrundlage für die Korngrößenanalysen des Bohrkerns genutzt werden. Somit ist es möglich, die Ablagerungsgeschichte der Bohrkernsedimente zu rekonstruieren und in Verbindung mit eigenen und literaturbasierten Datierungen in einen Gesamtkontext einzuhängen. Für das Untersuchungsgebiet werden somit vier Ablagerungsphasen ausgewiesen, die bis in die Zeit des letzten glazialen Maximums (LGM) zurückreichen. Während dieser Ablagerungsphasen kam es im Zuge unterschiedlicher Aktivitäts- und Stabilitätsphasen zu einer kontinuierlichen Progradation und Überprägung des Schwemmfächers. Eine besonders aktive Phase kann zwischen 8 ka und 4 ka BP festgestellt werden, während der es aufgrund zunehmender fluvialer Aktivitäten zu einer deutlich verstärkten Schwemmfächerdynamik gekommen zu sein scheint. In den Abschnitten davor und danach waren es vor allem äolische Prozesse, die zu einer Überprägung des Schwemmfächers geführt haben. Hinsichtlich der mineralogischen Herkunftssignale gibt es eine große Variabilität. Dies spiegelt die enorme Heterogenität der Geologie des Untersuchungsgebietes wider, wodurch die räumlichen Signale nicht sehr stark ausgeprägt sind. Dennoch, können für das Einzugsgebiet drei größere Bereiche deklariert werden, die als Herkunftsgebiet in Frage kommen. Das östliche Qilian Shan Vorland zeichnet sich dabei durch deutlich höhere Chloritgehalte als primäre Quelle für die Sedimente im Ejina-Becken aus. Sie unterscheiden sich insbesondere durch stark divergierende Chloritgehalte in der Tonmineral- und Gesamtmineralfraktion, was das östliche Qilian Shan Vorland als primäre Quelle für die Sedimente im Ejina-Becken auszeichnet. Dies steht in Zusammenhang mit den Grünschiefern, Ophioliten und Serpentiniten in diesem Bereich. Geochemisch deutet vor allem das Cr/Rb-Verhältnis eine große Variabilität innerhalb des Einzugsgebietes an. Auch hier ist es das östliche Vorland, welches aufgrund seines hohen Anteils an mafischen Gesteinen reich an Chromiten und Spinellen ist und sich somit vom restlichen Untersuchungsgebiet abhebt. Die zeitliche aber auch die generelle Variabilität der Sedimentherkunft lässt sich in den Bohrkernsedimenten nicht so deutlich nachzeichnen. Die mineralogisch-sedimentologischen Eigenschaften der erbohrten klastischen Sedimente zeugen zwar von zwischenzeitlichen Änderungen bei der Sedimentherkunft, diese sind jedoch nicht so deutlich ausgeprägt, wie es die Quellsignale in den Oberflächensedimenten vermuten lassen. Ein Grund dafür scheint die starke Vermischung unterschiedlichster Sedimente während des Transportes zu sein. Die Kombination der Korngrößenergebnisse mit den Befunden der Gesamt- und Schwermineralogie deuten darauf hin, dass es zwischenzeitlich eine Phase mit überwiegend äolischen Prozessen gegeben hat, die mit einem Sedimenteintrag aus dem westlichen Bei Shan in Verbindung stehen. Neben der Zunahme ultrastabiler Schwerminerale wie Zirkon und Granat und der Abnahme opaker Schwerminerale, weisen vor allem die heutigen Verhältnisse darauf hin. Der Vergleich der traditionellen Schwermineralanalyse mit der Computer-Controlled-Scanning-Electron-Microscopy (kurz: CCSEM), die eine automatisierte Partikelauswertung der Proben ermöglicht, zeigt den deutlichen Vorteil der modernen Analysemethode. Neben einem zeitlichen Vorteil, den man durch die automatisierte Abarbeitung der vorbereiteten Proben erlangen kann, steht vor allem die deutlich größere statistische Signifikanz des Ergebnisses im Vordergrund. Zudem können mit dieser Methode auch chemische Varietäten einiger Schwerminerale bestimmt werden, die eine noch feinere Klassifizierung und sicherere Aussagen zu einer möglichen Sedimentherkunft ermöglichen. Damit ergeben sich außerdem verbesserte Aussagen zu Zusammensetzungen und Entstehungsprozessen der abgelagerten Sedimente. Die Studie verdeutlicht, dass die Sedimentherkunft innerhalb des Untersuchungsgebietes sowie die ablaufenden Prozesse zum Teil stark von lokalen Gegebenheiten abhängen. Die Heterogenität der Geologie und die Größe des Einzugsgebietes sowie die daraus resultierende Komplexität der Sedimentgenese, machen exakte Zuordnungen zu klar definierten Sedimentquellen sehr schwer. Dennoch zeigen die Ergebnisse, dass die Sedimentzufuhr in das Ejina-Becken in erster Linie durch fluviale klastische Sedimente des Heihe aus dem Qilian Shan erfolgt sein muss. Die Untersuchungsergebnisse zeigen jedoch ebenso die Notwendigkeit einer ergänzenden Bearbeitung angrenzender Untersuchungsgebiete, wie beispielsweise den Gobi-Altai im Norden oder den Beishan im Westen, sowie die Verdichtung der Oberflächenbeprobung zur feineren Auflösung von lokalen Sedimentquellen.
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: xi, 186 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    Language: German
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2020 , INHALTSVERZEICHNIS Zusammenfassung Inhaltsverzeichnis Abbildungsverzeichnis Tabellenverzeichnis Abkürzungsverzeichnis 1 Einleitung 1.1 Einleitung 1.2 Wissenschaftliches Ziel 2 Stand der Forschung 3 Einführung in das Untersuchungsgebiet 3.1 Lage und Physiogeographie 3.2 Geologie 3.3 Geomorphologie 3.3.1 Ejina-Becken 3.3.2 Hexi-Korridor & Qilian Shan 3.4 Klima 4 Methoden 4.1 Probennahme - Strategie und Bohrung 4.2 Probenpräparation 4.3 Tonmineralanalyse 4.4 Schwermineralanalyse 4.4.1 Probenpräparation 4.4.2 Polarisationsmikroskopie 4.4.3 Röntgendiffraktometrie (XRD) 4.4.4 Computer Controlled Scanning Electron Microscopy (CCSEM) 4.5 Gesamtmineralogie (XRD) 4.6 Gesamtgeochemie (XRF) 4.6.1 Röntgenfluoreszenz (Einzelproben Analyse) 4.6.2 Röntgenfluoreszenz (Kernscan) 4.7 Korngrößenanalyse 4.8 Geochronologie 4.9 Räumliche Datenanalyse 5 Ergebnisse 5.1 Oberflächensedimente 5.1.1 Probensätze 5.1.2 Korngrößenanalyse 5.1.3 Gesamtmineralogie (XRD) 5.1.4 Gesamtgeochemie (XRF) 5.1.5 Tonmineralogie 5.1.6 Schwermineralogie 5.2 Bohrkern GN100 5.2.1 Lithostratigraphie 5.2.2 Korngrößenanalyse 5.2.3 Gesamtmineralogie (XRD) 5.2.4 Gesamtgeochemie (XRF) 5.2.5 Tonmineralogie 5.2.6 Schwermineralogie 5.2.7 Datierungen 6 Diskussion 6.1 Korngrößenvariationen und texturelle Signale der Oberflächensedimente 6.2 Mineralogische und geochemische Herkunftssignale der Oberflächensedimente 6.2.1 Gesamtmineralogie (XRD) 6.2.2 Gesamtgeochemie (XRF) 6.2.3 Tonmineralogie 6.2.4 Schwermineralogie 6.3 Heutige Sedimenttransportpfade - Synoptische Betrachtung der aktuellen Oberflächensignale 6.4 Korngrößenvariationen und texturelle Signale der Bohrkernsedimente (GN100) 6.5 Mineralogische und geochemische Herkunftssignale der Bohrkernsedimente (GN100) 6.6 Zeitliche Dimension des Sedimenteintrags - Ablagerungsgeschichte des Bohrkerns GN100 6.6.1 Darstellung der Sedimentherkunft und Ablagerungsgeschichte im Untersuchungsgebiet Schlussfolgerungen Literaturverzeichnis Anhang
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 31
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Toronto : University of Toronto Press
    Call number: AWI G3-21-94408
    Description / Table of Contents: In the Anthropocene, the thawing of frozen earth due to global warming has drawn worldwide attention to permafrost. Contemporary scientists define permafrost as ground that maintains a negative temperature for at least two years. But where did this particular conception of permafrost originate, and what alternatives existed? The Life of Permafrost provides an intellectual history of permafrost, placing the phenomenon squarely in the political, social, and material context of Russian and Soviet science. Pey-Yi Chu shows that understandings of frozen earth were shaped by two key experiences in the Russian Empire and the Soviet Union. On one hand, the colonization and industrialization of Siberia nourished an engineering perspective on frozen earth that viewed the phenomenon as an aggregate physical structure: ground. On the other, a Russian and Soviet tradition of systems thinking encouraged approaching frozen earth as a process, condition, and space tied to planetary exchanges of energy and matter. Aided by the US militarization of the Arctic during the Cold War, the engineering view of frozen earth as an obstacle to construction became dominant. The Life of Permafrost tells the fascinating story of how permafrost came to acquire life as Russian and Soviet scientists studied, named, and defined it.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: viii, 288 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 978-1-4875-0193-8
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS Introduction: Historicizing Permafrost Permafrost as a historical object Permafrost in Russian and Soviet history Politics, science, and the environment The life cycle of permafrost Choosing words carefully 1 Mapping The cold of eastern Siberia Birth of a scientific object From Boden-Eis to Eisboden Conclusion 2 Building Colonization and construction Building on frozen earth The soil science of roads The ambiguity of merzlota Conclusion 3 Defining Merzlota as aggregate structure Merzlota as process Personal and institutional politics Vechnaia merzlota in Bolshevik culture Conclusion 4 Adapting From commission to institute Rhetoric of transforming nature Adapting to frozen earth Survival of the systems approach Conclusion 5 Translating Birth of permafrost Criticism and self-criticism From merzlotovedenie to geocryology The dialectic persists Conclusion Epilogue: Resurrecting Acknowledgments Glossary Notes Bibliography Index
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 32
    Call number: AWI E2-21-94410
    Description / Table of Contents: Die MOSAiC-Expedition verschiebt die Grenzen des Machbaren und markiert einen historischen Meilenstein der Polarforschung. In den Fußstapfen von Fridtjof Nansens bahnrechender Pionierleistung in den Jahren 1893 bis 1896 mit seinem hölzernen Segelschiff »Fram« bringt sie erstmals einen modernen Forschungseisbrecher im Winter in die direkte Umgebung des Nordpols. 20 Nationen haben sich zusammengetan, um die Geheimnisse des dramatischen Klimawandels der Arktis zu entschlüsseln. Untertützt wird das Flaggschiff der Expedition, der deutsche Forschungseisbrecher »Polarstern«, von sechs weiteren Schiffen und Eisbrechern, Flugzeugen und Helikoptern. Insgesamt fünfhundert Menschen nehmen an den verschiedenen Phasen der Expedition teil. Markus Rex, Kopf des Vorhabens und Expeditionsleiter, berichtet anschaulich vom oft genug dramatischen Verlauf dieser Expedition, aber auch von überwältigend faszinierenden Eindrücken aus der Arktis während der langen winterlichen Polarnacht und während des sommerlichen Polartags. Und er beschreibt die unvorstellbaren Herausforderungen, denen sich die Expeditionsteilnehmer eingefroren im polaren Eis gestellt haben - immer geleitet von dem Ziel, Licht in die Prozesse des globalen Klimawandels zu bringen, der nirgends so auseprägt ist wie in der Arktis.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 319 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    Edition: 1. Auflage
    ISBN: 9783570104149 , 3570104141
    Language: German
    Note: Inhalt Prolog Teil I: Herbst Kapitel 1: Es beginnt Kapitel 2: Auf dünnem Eis Kapitel 3: Ein neues Zuhause Teil II: Winter Kapitel 4: Allein am Ende der Welt Kapitel 5: Sturm in der Polarnacht Kapitel 6: Weihnachten im Eis Teil III: An Land Kapitel 7: Auf Messers Schneide Teil IV: Frühling Kapitel 8: Wieder im Eis Kapitel 9: Das große Schmelzen Teil V: Sommer Kapitel 10: Hochsommer auf dem Eis Kapitel 11: Der Nordpol - und eine neue Scholle Kapitel 12: Es geht nach Hause Epilog Dank Register Bildnachweis
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 33
    Call number: AWI Bio-21-94540
    Description / Table of Contents: This thesis investigates how the permafrost microbiota responds to global warming. In detail, the constraints behind methane production in thawing permafrost were linked to methanogenic activity, abundance and composition. Furthermore, this thesis offers new insights into microbial adaptions to the changing environmental conditions during global warming. This was assesed by investigating the potential ecological relevant functions encoded by plasmid DNA within the permafrost microbiota. Permafrost of both interglacial and glacial origin spanning the Holocene to the late Pleistocene, including Eemian, were studied during long-term thaw incubations. Furthermore, several permafrost cores of different stratigraphy, soil type and vegetation cover were used to target the main constraints behind methane production during short-term thaw simulations. Short- and long-term incubations simulating thaw with and without the addition of substrate were combined with activity measurements, amplicon and metagenomic sequencing of permanently frozen and seasonally thawed active layer. Combined, it allowed to address the following questions. i) What constraints methane production when permafrost thaws and how is this linked to methanogenic activity, abundance and composition? ii) How does the methanogenic community composition change during long-term thawing conditions? iii) Which potential ecological relevant functions are encoded by plasmid DNA in active layer soils? The major outcomes of this thesis are as follows. i) Methane production from permafrost after long-term thaw simulation was found to be constrained mainly by the abundance of methanogens and the archaeal community composition. Deposits formed during periods of warmer temperatures and increased precipitation, (here represented by deposits from the Late Pleistocene of both interstadial and interglacial periods) were found to respond strongest to thawing conditions and to contain an archaeal community dominated by methanogenic archaea (40% and 100% of all detected archaea). Methanogenic population size and carbon density were identified as main predictors for potential methane production in thawing permafrost in short-term incubations when substrate was sufficiently available. ii) Besides determining the methanogenic activity after long-term thaw, the paleoenvironmental conditions were also found to influence the response of the methanogenic community composition. Substantial shifts within methanogenic community structure and a drop in diversity were observed in deposits formed during warmer periods, but not in deposits from stadials, when colder and drier conditions occurred. Overall, a shift towards a dominance of hydrogenotrophic methanogens was observed in all samples, except for the oldest interglacial deposits from the Eemian, which displayed a potential dominance of acetoclastic methanogens. The Eemian, which is discussed to serve as an analogue to current climate conditions, contained highly active methanogenic communities. However, all potential limitation of methane production after permafrost thaw, it means methanogenic community structure, methanogenic population size, and substrate pool might be overcome after permafrost had thawed on the long-term. iii) Enrichments with soil from the seasonally thawed active layer revealed that its plasmid DNA (‘metaplasmidome’) carries stress-response genes. In particular it encoded antibiotic resistance genes, heavy metal resistance genes, cold shock proteins and genes encoding UV-protection. Those are functions that are directly involved in the adaptation of microbial communities to stresses in polar environments. It was further found that metaplasmidomes from the Siberian active layer originate mainly from Gammaproteobacteria. By applying enrichment cultures followed by plasmid DNA extraction it was possible to obtain a higher average contigs length and significantly higher recovery of plasmid sequences than from extracting plasmid sequences from metagenomes. The approach of analyzing ‘metaplasmidomes’ established in this thesis is therefore suitable for studying the ecological role of plasmids in polar environments in general. This thesis emphasizes that including microbial community dynamics have the potential to improve permafrost-carbon projections. Microbially mediated methane release from permafrost environments may significantly impact future climate change. This thesis identified drivers of methanogenic composition, abundance and activity in thawing permafrost landscapes. Finally, this thesis underlines the importance to study how the current warming Arctic affects microbial communities in order to gain more insight into microbial response and adaptation strategies.
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: VI, 243 Seiten , Diagramme, Illustrationen
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2020 , Contents Preface Acknowledgements Contents Summary Zusammenfassung List of abbreviations Chapter 1. Introduction 1.1 Motivation 1.2 Carbon storage in Arctic permafrost environments and the permafrost carbon feedback (PCF) 1.3 Methane cycling microorganisms 1.4 The microbial ecology of permafrost 1.5 Plasmids and their potential role in stress tolerance 1.6 Objectives Chapter 2. Study sites 2.1 Regional settings 2.2 Kurungnakh and Samoylov Island 2.3 Bol'shoy Lyakhovsky Island 2.4 Herschel Island Chapter 3. Manuscripts 3.1 Overview of manuscripts, including contribution of co-authors. 3.2 Manuscript I Methanogenic response to long-term permafrost thaw is determined by paleoenvironment 3.3 Manuscript II Methane production in thawing permafrost is constrained by methanogenic population size and carbon density 3.4 Manuscript III Metaplasmidome-encoded functional potential of permafrost active layer soils Chapter 4. Synthesis 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Constraints behind methane production from thawing permafrost 4.3 The methanogenic community response to long-term permafrost thaw 4.4 The adaptive potential of the permafrost micro biota to cope with stress factors during global warming 4.5 Conclusion Chapter 5. Future research directions and perspectives Chapter 6. References Chapter 7. Appendix 7.1 Supporting information for manuscript I 7.2 Supporting information for manuscript II 7.3 Supporting information for manuscript III 7.4 ESR collaboration, manuscript IV
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 34
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Cambridge [u.a.] : Cambridge Univ. Pr.
    Call number: AWI G6-10-0141
    Description / Table of Contents: The first comprehensive, state-of-the-art introduction to the fast-evolving topic of in-situ produced cosmogenic nuclides, for graduate students and practitioners.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: IX, 187 S. : Ill.
    Edition: 1 ed.
    ISBN: 9780521873802 , 0-521-87380-0
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: Preface. - 1 Cosmic rays. - 1.1 Origin and nature of cosmic rays. - 1.2 Interaction with magnetic fields. - 1.3 Interactions with the Earth's atmosphere. - 1.4 Interactions with the Earth's surface. - 1.5 Production of cosmogenic nuclides. - 1.6 Detection of cosmic rays. - 2 Cosmogenic nuclides. - 2.1 'Useful' cosmogenic nuclides. - 2.2 Stable cosmogenic nuclides. - 2.3 Cosmogenic radionuclides. - 2.4 Sample preparation. - 2.5 Analytical methods. - 3 Production rates and scaling factors. - 3.1 Deriving production rates. - 3.2 Scaling factors. - 3.3 Building scaling factors. - 4 Application of cosmogenic nuclldes to Earth surface sciences. - 4.1 Exposure dating. - 4.2 Burial dating. - 4.3 Erosion/denudation rates. - 4.4 Uplift rates. - 4.5 Soil dynamics. - 4.6 Dealing with uncertainty. - Appendix A: Sampling checklist. - Appendix B: Reporting of cosrnogenic-nudide data for exposure age and erosion rate determinations. - References. - Index.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 35
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Stuttgart : Borntraeger
    Call number: AWI A14-10-0064
    Description / Table of Contents: Measurement Methods in Atmospheric Sciences provides a comprehensive overview of in-situ and remote sensing measurement techniques for probing the Earth's atmosphere. The methods presented in this book span the entire range from classical meteorology via atmospheric chemistry and micrometeorological flux determination to Earth observation from space. Standard instruments for meteorological and air quality monitoring methods, as well as specialized instrumentation predominantly used in scientific experiments, are covered. The presented techniques run from simple mechanical sensors to highly sophisticated electronic devices. Special emphasis is placed on the rapidly evolving field of remote sensing techniques. Here, active ground-based remote sending techniques such as SODAR and LIDAR find a detailed coverage. The book conveys the basic principles of the various observational and monitoring methods, enabling the user to identify the most appropriate method. An introductory chapter covers general principles (e.g. inversion of measured data, available platforms, statistical properties of data, data acquisition). Later chapters each treat methods for measuring a specific property (e.g. humidity, wind speed, wind direction). Long chapters provide an introductory tabular list of the methods treated. More than 100 figures and 400 references, mostly to the recent scientific literature, aid the reader in reading up on the details of the various methods at hand. Recommendations at the end of each major chapter provide additional hints on the use of some instruments in order to facilitate the selection of the proper instrument for a successful measurement. A large number of national and international standards, providing precise guidelines for measuring and acquiring reliable, reproducible and comparable data sets are listed in the appendix. A dedicated index allows easy access to this valuable information. The book is of interest to undergraduate and graduate students in meteorology, physical geography, ecology, environmental sciences and related disciplines as well as to scientists in the process of planning atmospheric measurements in field campaigns or working with data already acquired. Practitioners in environmental agencies and similar institutions will benefit from instrument descriptions and the extended lists in the appendix.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XIV, 257 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783443010669 , 3-443-01066-0
    Series Statement: Quantifying the environment
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Preface 1 Introduction 1.1 The necessity for measurements 1.2 Definition of a measurement 1.3 Historical aspects 2 Measurement basics 2.1 Overview of methods 2.1.1 Direct and indirect methods 2.1.2 In-situ and remote sensing methods 2.1.3 Instantaneous and integrating methods 2.1.4 On-line and off-line methods, post-processing 2.1.5 Flux measurements 2.2 Main measurement principles 2.3 Measurements by inversion 2.3.1 Inversion with one variable 2.3.2 Inversion with more than one variable 2.3.3 Well-posed and ill-posed problems 2.4 Measurement instruments 2.4.1 Active and passive instruments 2.4.2 Analogue and digital instruments 2.5 Measurement platforms 2.6 Measurement variables 2.7 General characteristics of measured data 2.8 Data logging 2.9 Quality assurance/quality control 3 In-situ measurements of state variables 3.1 Thermometers 3.1.1 Liquid-in-glass thermometers 3.1.2 Bimetal thermometers 3.1.3 Resistance thermometers, thermistors 3.1.4 Thermocouples, thermopiles 3.1.5 Sonic thermometry 3.1.6 Measurement of infrared radiation 3.1.7 Soil thermometer 3.1.8 Recommendations for temperature measurements 3.2 Measuring moisture 3.2.1 Hygrometer 3.2.2 Psychrometers 3.2.3 Dewpoint determination 3.2.4 Capacitive methods 3.2.5 Recommendations for humidity measurements 3.3 Pressure sensors 3.3.1 Barometers 3.3.2 Hypsometers 3.3.3 Electronic barometers 3.3.4 Microbarometer 3.3.5 Pressure balance 3.3.6 Recommendations for pressure measurements 3.4 Wind measurements 3.4.1 Estimation from visual observations 3.4.2 Wind direction 3.4.3 Cup anemometer 3.4.4 Pressure tube 3.4.5 Hot wire anemometer 3.4.6 Ultrasonic anemometer 3.4.7 Propeller anemometer 3.4.8 Recommendations for wind measurements 4 In-situ methods for observing liquid water and ice 4.1 Precipitation 4.1.1 Rain sensors (Present Weather Sensors) 4.1.2 Rain gauges (totalisators) 4.1.3 Pluviographs 4.1.4 Disdrometer 4.1.5 Special instruments for snow 4.1.6 Recommendations for precipitation measurements 4.2 Soil moisture 4.2.1 Gravimetric methods 4.2.2 Neutron probes 4.2.3 Time domain reflectrometry (TDR) 4.2.4 Tensiometers 4.2.5 Resistance block tensiometer 4.2.6 Recommendations for soil moisture measurements 5 In-situ measurement of trace substances 5.1 Measurement of trace gases 5.1.1 Physical methods 5.1.2 Chemical methods 5.1.3 Recommendations for the measurement of trace gases 5.2 Particle measurements 5.2.1 Determination of the particle mass 5.2.2 Measuring particle size distributions 5.2.3 Measurement of the chemical composition of particles 5.2.4 Measuring the particle structure 5.2.5 Saltiphon 5.2.6 Recommendations for particle measurements 5.3 Olfactometry 5.4 Radioactivity 5.4.1 Counter tubes 5.4.2 Scintillation counters 5.4.3 Recommendations for radioactivity monitoring 6 In-situ flux measurements 6.1 Measuring radiation 6.1.1 Measuring direct solar radiation 6.1.2 Measuring shortwave irradiance 6.1.3 Measuring longwave irradiance 6.1.4 Measuring the total irradiance 6.1.5 Measuring chill 6.1.6 Sunshine recorder 6.1.7 Recommendations for radiation measurements 6.2 Visual range 6.3 Micrometeorological flux measurements 6.3.1 Cuvettes 6.3.2 Surface chambers 6.3.3 Mass balance method 6.3.4 Inferential method 6.3.5 Gradient method 6.3.6 Bowen-ratio method 6.3.7 Flux variance method 6.3.8 Dissipation method 6.3.9 Eddy covariance method 6.3.10 Eddy accumulation methods 6.3.11 Disjunct eddy covariance method 6.3.12 Recommendations for the measurement of turbulent fluxes 6.4 Evaporation Atmometers 6.4.2 Lysimeters 6.4.3 Evaporation pans and tanks 6.4.4 Recommendations for evaporation measurements 6.5 Soil heat flux 6.6 Inverse emission flux modelling 7 Remote sensing methods 7.1 Basics of remote sensing 7.2 Active sounding methods 7.2.1 RADAR 7.2.2 Windprofilers 7.2.3 SODAR 7.2.4 RASS 7.2.5 LIDAR 7.2.6 Further LIDAR techniques 7.3 Active path-averaging methods 7.3.1 Scintillometers 7.3.2 FTIR 7.3.3 DOAS 7.3.4 Quantum cascade laser 7.4 Passive methods 7.4.1 Radiometers 7.4.2 Photometers 7.4.3 Infrared-Interferometer 7.5 Tomography 7.5.1 Simultaneous Iterative Reconstruction Technique 7.5.2 Algebraic Reconstruction Technique (ART) 7.5.3 Smooth Basis Function Minimization (SBFM) 8 Remote sensing of atmospheric state variables 8.1 Temperature 8.1.1 Near-surface temperatures 8.1.2 Temperature profiles 8.2 Gaseous humidity 8.2.1 Integral water vapour content 8.2.2 Vertical profiles 8.2.3 Large-scale humidity distribution 8.3 Wind and turbulence 8.3.1 Small-scale near-surface turbulence 8.3.2 Horizontal wind fields 8.3.3 Vertical wind profiles 8.3.4 Turbulence profiles 8.3.5 Cloud winds 8.3.6 Ionospheric winds 8.4 Mixing-layer heights 8.4.1 LIDAR 8.4.2 SODAR 8.5 Turbulent fluxes 8.6 Ionospheric electron densities 8.7 Recommendations for remote sensing of state variables 9 Remote sensing of water and ice 9.1 Precipitation 9.1.1 RADAR 9.1.2 Precipitation measurements from satellites 9.2 Clouds 9.2.1 Cloud base 9.2.2 Cloud cover 9.2.3 Cloud movement 9.2.4 Water content 9.3 Recommendations for remote sensing of liquid water and ice 10 Remote sensing of trace substances 10.1 Trace gases 10.1.1 Horizontal path-averaging methods 10.1.2 Vertical column densities 10.1.3 Sounding methods 10.2 Aerosols 10.2.1 Aerosol optical depths (AOD) 10.2.2 Sounding methods 10.3 Recommendations for remote sensing of trace substances 11 Remote sensing of surface properties 11.1 Properties of the solid surface 11.1.1 Surface roughness 11.1.2 Land surface temperature 11.1.3 Soil moisture 11.1.4 Vegetation 11.1.5 Snow and ice 11.1.6 Fires 11.2 Properties of the ocean surface 11.2.1 Altitudes of the sea surface 11.2.2 Wave heights 11.2.3 Sea surface temperature 11.2.4 Salinity 11.2.5 Ocean currents 11.2.6 Ice cover, size of ice floes 11.2.7 Algae and suspended sediment concentrations 12 Remote sensing of electrical phenomena 12.1 Spherics 12.1.1 Directional analyses 12.1.2 Distance analyses 12.2 Optical lightning detection 13 Outlook on new developments Literature Subject index Appendix: Technical guidelines and standards Index to the Appendix
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 36
    Call number: AWI G3-19-92469
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 68 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Language: English , French
    Note: Content Foreword Preface 1 – The PERMAFrance network 1.1 – Objectives 1.2 – Structure and partners 1.3 – Monitoring sites 2 – Permafrost in the French mountains 2.1 – Distribution of permafrost in France 2.2 – Monitoring sites 3 – Weather and climate 3.1 – Climatic trends of the last 4 decades 3.2 – Annual weather summary 2002-2009 3.3 – Summary of nivo-meteorological conditions 4 – Surface temperature on surficial deposits 4.1 – BTS datasets 4.2 – GST datasets 5 – Geodetic measurements and surface dynamics of rock glaciers 5.1 – GPS & total station 5.2 – LIDAR 6 – Rockfalls and evolution of rockfaces 6.1 – LiDAR datasets for rockwalls in the Mont Blanc massif 6.2 – Rockfall inventories in the Mont Blanc massif 7 – References / Bibliographie , In englischer und französischer Sprache
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 37
    Call number: AWI A4-19-20532
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 36 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Language: German
    Note: Inhalt Vorwort Einleitung: Unser Klima aus der Polarperspektive Verbessertes Verständnis arktischer Klimaänderungen durch Messungen und Modellierung Physikalische Prozesse in der polaren Atmosphäre Langzeit-Messreihen zeigen: Ozonschicht über der Antarktis konnte sich noch nicht erholen Arktischer Meereisrückgang verursacht Anomalien in Ozean und Atmosphäre HAFOS erfasst längerfristige Veränderungen im Ozean Meereisspiegel im Nordatlantik in nur 15 Jahren um 6 cm gestiegen Eis im Klimawandel Erderwärmung gefährdet die Permafrost-regionen und damit das globale Klimasystem Marine Klimaarchive – Aus der Vergangenheit lernen, um den Blick in die Zukunft zu schärfen Paläoklimamodelle: Zurück in die Zukunft Marines Plankton beeinflusst das globale Klima Die regionalen Auswirkungen des Klimawandels rücken in den Blickpunkt Das World Radiation Monitoring Center am AWI: weltweite Datenzentrale der Erdsystemforschung Klimaberatung: regionalspezifisch, verständlich, solide – das Helmholtz-Klimabüro am AWI Die stationären und mobilen Infrastrukturen des Alfred-Wegener-Instituts in Arktis und Antarktis Ansprechpartner im AWI, Impressum
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 38
    Call number: AWI P5-20-94099
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 384 Seiten , Illustrationen , 24 cm
    ISBN: 9783830517504 (kart.)
    Language: English
    Note: Content The Arctic: A Strategic Challenge for the 21st Century / Gunter Gloser Opportunities and Responsibilities in the Arctic Region: The European Union's Perspective / Joe Borg The First Responsibility / Aqqaluk Lynge An Explorer's Perspective / Arved Fuchs New Chances and New Responsibilities in the Arctic Region: An Introduction / Georg Witschel The Arctic in the Context of International Law / Rüdiger Wolfrum Arctic in Change: New Prospects for Resource Exploitation and Maritime Traffic / Kirsten Ullbæk Selvig UArctic - A Most Welcome Tool / Erling Olsen Sustainable Development in the Arctic: New Social Challenges and Responsibilities / Rasmus Ole Rasmussen Managing Towards Sustainability in the Arctic: Some Practical Considerations / Brooks B. Yeager The Environmental and Research Challenges in the Arctic / Reinhard Priebe Towards a Canadian Arctic Strategy / Franklyn Griffiths The Changing Arctic: New Perspectives for the Use of Resources and Transport Routes / Baron Rüdiger von Fritsch An International Governance Framework for the Arctic: Challenges for International Public Law / Peter Taksøe-Jensen The Legal Regime of the Arctic Ocean / Thomas H. Heidar An International Governance Framework for the Arctic: Challenges for International Public Law - A Danish Perspective / Thomas Winkler Strategie and Environmental Impact Assessment in Promoting Sustainable Development in the Changing Arctic / Paula Kankaanpää Research for the Future of the Arctic / Karin Lochte Integrated Arctic Ocean Governance for the Lasting Benefit of All Humanity / Paul Arthur Berkman Resource Exploitation and Navigation in a Changing Arctic / Louwrens Hacquebord Developing International Law Teachings for Preventing Inter-State Disaccords in the Arctic Ocean / Alexander L. Vylegzhanin The Call for Good Governance in the Arctic Ocean - the Legal Framework and the Development of Policies to Meet Rising Challenges and Emerging Opportunities / Rolf Einar Fife International Law and Scientific Research in the Arctic - the Role of Science in Law and the Role of Law in Science / Marie Jacobsson The Challenge of Climate Security in the Arctic Region / Dennis Tänzler Chairman's Conclusions / Georg Witschel Current Endeavors with Respect to the Arctic Ocean: New Challenges for International Law and Politics / Georg Witschel/Ingo Winkelmann Annex Conference Programme List of Participants List of Abbreviations
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 39
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Cambridge : Cambridge University Press
    Call number: AWI G1-14-0041
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xiii, 442 Seiten , Illustrationen, Karten
    Edition: first published
    ISBN: 9780521696715 , 978-0-521-69671-5
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: Preface. - Acknowledgements. - PART 1 INTRODUCTION. - 1 Introduction. - 1.1 Humans and the coastal zone. - 1.2 Approaches to the study of coasts. - 1.3 Information sources. - 1.4 Approach and organisation. - References. - 2. Coastal geomorphology. - 2.1 Definition and scope of coastal geomorphology. - 2.2 The coastal zone: definition and nomenclature. - 2.3 Factors influencing coastal morphology and processes. - References. - PART 2 COASTAL PROCESSES. - 3. Sea level fluctuations and changes. - 3.1 Synopsis. - 3.2 Mean sea level, the geoid, and changes in mean sea level. - 3.3 Changes in mean sea level. - 3.4 Astronomical tides. - 3.5 Short-term dynamic changes in sea level. - 3.6 Climate change and sea level rise. - References. - 4. Wind-generated waves. - 4.1 Synopsis. - 4.2 Definition and characteristics of waves. - 4.3 Measurement and description of waves. - 4.4 Wave generation. - 4.5 Wave prediction. - 4.6 Wave climate. - Further reading. - Preferences. - 5. Waves - wave theory and wave dynamics. - 5.1 Synopsis. - 5.2 Wave theories. - 5.3 Wave shoaling and refraction. - 5.4 Wave breaking. - 5.5 Wave groups and low-frequency energy in the surf and swash zones. - Further reading. - References. - 6. Surf zone circulation. - 6.1 Synopsis. - 6.2 Undertow. - 6.3 Rip cells. - 6.4 Longshore currents. - 6.5 Wind and tidal currents. - Further reading. - References. - 7. Coastal sediment transport. - 7.1 Synopsis. - 7.2 Sediment transport mechanisms, boundary layers and bedforms. - 7.3 On-offshore sand transport. - 7.4 Longshore sand transport. - 7.5 Littoral sediment budget and littoral drift cells. - Further reading. - References. - PART 3 COASTAL SYSTEMS. - 8. Beach and nearshore systems. - 8.1 Synopsis. - 8.2 Beach and nearshore sediments and morphology. - 8.3 Nearshore morphodynamics. - 8.4 Beach morphodynamics. - References. - 9. Coastal sand dunes. - 9.1 Synopsis. - 9.2 Morphological components of coastal dunes and dune fields. - 9.3 Plant communities of coastal dunes. - 9.4 Aeolian processes in coastal dunes. - 9.5 Sand deposition. - 9.6 Beach / dune interaction and foredune evolution. - 9.7 Management of coastal dunes. - References. - 10. Barrier systems. - 10.1 Synopsis. - 10.2 Barrier types and morphology. - 10.3 Barrier dynamics: overwash and inlets. - 10.4 Barrier spit morphodynamics. - 10.5 Barrier islands. - 10.6 Management of barrier systems. - References. - 11. Salt marshes and mangroves. - 11.1 Synopsis. - 11.2 Saltmarsh and mangrove ecosystems. - 11.3 Salt marshes. - 11.4 Mangroves. - 11.5 Conservation and management of saltmarshes and mangroves. - Further reading. - References. - 12. Coral reefs and atolls. - 12.1 Synopsis. - 12.2 Corals and reef formation. - 12.3 Geomorphology and sedimentology of coral reefs. - 12.4 Impacts of disturbance on coral reefs. - Further reading. - References. - 13. Cliffed and rocky coasts. - 13.1 Synopsis. - 13.2 Cliffed coast morphology. - 13.3 Cliffed coast erosion system. - 13.4 Cohesive bluff coasts. - 13.5 Rock coasts. - 13.6 Shore platforms. - 13.7 Management of coastal cliff shorelines. - Further reading. - References. - Index
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 40
    Call number: AWI A14-10-0012
    Description / Table of Contents: Demonstrating the breadth and depth of growth in the field since the publication of the popular first edition, Image Analysis, Classification and Change Detection in Remote Sensing, with Algorithms for ENVI/IDL, Second Edition has been updated and expanded to keep pace with the latest versions of the ENVI software environment. Effectively interweaving theory, algorithms, and computer codes, the text supplies an accessible introduction to the techniques used in the processing of remotely sensed imagery.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XIV, 441Seiten , Illustrationen
    Edition: Second edition
    ISBN: 978-1-4200-8713-0
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Preface to the Second Edition Preface to the First Edition 1. Images, Arrays, and Matrices 1.1 Multispectral Satellite Images 1.2 Algebra of Vectors and Matrices 1.2.1 Elementary Properties 1.2.2 Square Matrices 1.2.3 Singular Matrices 1.2.4 Symmetric, Positive Definite Matrices 1.2.5 Linear Dependence and Vector Spaces 1.3 Eigenvalues and Eigenvectors 1.4 Singular Value Decomposition 1.5 Vector Derivatives 1.6 Finding Minima and Maxima 1.7 Exercises 2. Image Statistics 2.1 Random Variables 2.1.1 Discrete Random Variables 2.1.2 Continuous Random Variables 2.1.3 Normal Distribution 2.2 Random Vectors 2.3 Parameter Estimation 2.3.1 Sampling a Distribution 2.3.2 Interval Estimation 2.3.3 Provisional Means 2.4 Hypothesis Testing and Sample Distribution Functions 2.4.1 Chi-Square Distribution 2.4.2 Student-t Distribution 2.4.3 F-Distribution 2.5 Conditional Probabilities, Bayes' Theorem, and Classification 2.6 Ordinary Linear Regression 2.6.1 One Independent Variable 2.6.2 More Than One Independent Variable 2.6.3 Regularization, Duality, and the Gram Matrix 2.7 Entropy and Information 2.7.1 Kullback-Leibler Divergence 2.7.2 Mutual Information 2.8 Exercises 3. Transformations 3.1 Discrete Fourier Transform 3.2 Discrete Wavelet Transform 3.2.1 Haar Wavelets 3.2.2 Image Compression 3.2.3 Multiresolution Analysis 3.2.3.1 Dilation Equation and Refinement Coefficients 3.2.3.2 Cascade Algorithm 3.2.3.3 Mother Wavelet 3.2.3.4 Daubechies D4 Scaling Function 3.3 Principal Components 3.3.1 Primal Solution 3.3.2 Dual Solution 3.4 Minimum Noise Fraction 3.4.1 Additive Noise 3.4.2 Minimum Noise Fraction Transformation in ENVI 3.5 Spatial Correlation 3.5.1 Maximum Autocorrelation Factor 3.5.2 Noise Estimation 3.6 Exercises 4. Filters, Kernels, and Fields 4.1 Convolution Theorem 4.2 Linear Filters 4.3 Wavelets and Filter Banks 4.3.1 One-Dimensional Arrays 4.3.2 Two-Dimensional Arrays 4.4 Kernel Methods 4.4.1 Valid Kernels 4.4.2 Kernel PCA 4.5 Gibbs-Markov Random Fields 4.6 Exercises 5. Image Enhancement and Correction 5.1 Lookup Tables and Histogram Functions 5.2 Filtering and Feature Extraction 5.2.1 Edge Detection 5.2.2 Invariant Moments 5.3 Panchromatic Sharpening 5.3.1 HSV Fusion 5.3.2 Brovey Fusion 5.3.3 PCA Fusion 5.3.4 DWT Fusion 5.3.5 A Trous Fusion 5.3.6 Quality Index 5.4 Topographic Correction 5.4.1 Rotation, Scaling, and Translation 5.4.2 Imaging Transformations 5.4.3 Camera Models and RFM Approximations 5.4.4 Stereo Imaging and Digital Elevation Models 5.4.5 Slope and Aspect 5.4.6 Illumination Correction 5.5 Image-Image Registration 5.5.1 Frequency-Domain Registration 5.5.2 Feature Matching 5.5.2.1 High-Pass Filtering 5.5.2.2 Closed Contours 5.5.2.3 Chain Codes and Moments 5.5.2.4 Contour Matching 5.5.2.5 Consistency Check 5.5.2.6 Implementation in IDL 5.5.3 Resampling and Warping 5.6 Exercises 6. Supervised Classification: Part 1 6.1 Maximum a Posteriori Probability 6.2 Training Data and Separability 6.3 Maximum Likelihood Classification 6.3.1 ENVI's Maximum Likelihood Classifier 6.3.2 Modified Maximum Likelihood Classifier 6.4 Gaussian Kernel Classification 6.5 Neural Networks 6.5.1 Neural Network Classifier 6.5.2 Cost Functions 6.5.3 Backpropagation 6.5.4 Overfitting and Generalization 6.6 Support Vector Machines 6.6.1 Linearly Separable Classes 6.6.1.1 Primal Formulation 6.6.1.2 Dual Formulation 6.6.1.3 Quadratic Programming and Support Vectors 6.6.2 Overlapping Classes 6.6.3 Solution with Sequential Minimal Optimization 6.6.4 Multiclass SVMs 6.6.5 Kernel Substitution 6.6.6 Modified SVM Classifier 6.7 Exercises 7. Supervised Classification: Part 2 7.1 Postprocessing 7.1.1 Majority Filtering 7.1.2 Probabilistic Label Relaxation 7.2 Evaluation and Comparison of Classification Accuracy 7.2.1 Accuracy Assessment 7.2.2 Model Comparison 7.3 Adaptive Boosting 7.4 Hyperspectral Analysis 7.4.1 Spectral Mixture Modeling 7.4.2 Unconstrained Linear Unmixing 7.4.3 Intrinsic End-Members and Pixel Purity 7.5 Exercises 8. Unsupervised Classification 8.1 Simple Cost Functions 8.2 Algorithms That Minimize the Simple Cost Functions 8.2.1 K-Means Clustering 8.2.2 Kernel K-Means Clustering 8.2.3 Extended K-Means Clustering 8.2.4 Agglomerative Hierarchical Clustering 8.2.5 Fuzzy K-Means Clustering 8.3 Gaussian Mixture Clustering 8.3.1 Expectation Maximization 8.3.2 Simulated Annealing 8.3.3 Partition Density 8.3.4 Implementation Notes 8.4 Including Spatial Information 8.4.1 Multiresolution Clustering 8.4.2 Spatial Clustering 8.5 Benchmark 8.6 Kohonen Self-Organizing Map 8.7 Image Segmentation 8.7.1 Segmenting a Classified Image 8.7.2 Object-Based Classification 8.7.3 Mean Shift 8.8 Exercises 9. Change Detection 9.1 Algebraic Methods 9.2 Postclassification Comparison 9.3 Principal Components Analysis 9.3.1 Iterated PCA 9.3.2 Kernel PCA 9.4 Multivariate Alteration Detection 9.4.1 Canonical Correlation Analysis 9.4.2 Orthogonality Properties 9.4.3 Scale Invariance 9.4.4 Iteratively Reweighted MAD 9.4.5 Correlation with the Original Observations 9.4.6 Regularization 9.4.7 Postprocessing 9.5 Decision Thresholds and Unsupervised Classification of Changes 9.6 Radiometrie Normalization 9.7 Exercises Appendix A: Mathematical Tools A.l Cholesky Decomposition A.2 Vector and Inner Product Spaces A.3 Least Squares Procedures A.3.1 Recursive Linear Regression A.3.2 Orthogonal Linear Regression Appendix B: Efficient Neural Network Training Algorithms B.1 Hessian Matrix B.1.1 R-Operator B.1.1.1 Determination of Rv{n} B.1.1.2 Determination of Rv{δo} B.1.1.3 Determination of Rv{δh} B.1.2 Calculating the Hessian B.2 Scaled Conjugate Gradient Training B.2.1 Conjugate Directions B.2.2 Minimizing a Quadratic Function B.2.3 Algorithm B.3 Kaiman Filter Training B.3.1 Linearization B.3.2 Algorithm B.4 A Neural Network Classifier with Hybrid Training Appendix C: ENVI Extensions in IDL C.1 Installation C.2 Extensions C.2.1 Kernel Principal Components Analysis C.2.2 Discrete Wavelet Transform Fusion C.2.3 A Trous Wavelet Transform Fusion C.2.4 Quality Index C.2.5 Calculating Heights of Man-Made Structures in High-Resolution Imagery C.2.6 Illumination Correction C.2.7 Image Registration C.2.8 Maximum Likelihood Classification C.2.9 Gaussian Kernel Classification C.2.10 Neural Network Classification C.2.11 Support Vector Machine Classification C.2.12 Probabilistic Label Relaxation C.2.13 Classifier Evaluation and Comparison C.2.14 Adaptive Boosting a Neural Network Classifier C.2.15 Kernel K-Means Clustering C.2.16 Agglomerative Hierarchical Clustering C.2.17 Fuzzy K-Means Clustering C.2.18 Gaussian Mixture Clustering C.2.19 Kohonen Self-Organizing Map C.2.20 Classified Image Segmentation C.2.21 Mean Shift Segmentation C.2.22 Multivariate Alteration Detection C.2.23 Viewing Changes C.2.24 Radiometric Normalization Appendix D: Mathematical Notation References Index
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 41
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Bremerhaven : Alfred-Wegener-Institut für Polar- und Meeresforschung in der Helmholtz-Gemeinschaft
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-994(2008/2007)
    In: Zweijahresbericht / AWI, Alfred-Wegener-Institut für Polar- und Meeresforschung, 2008/2009
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 256 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISSN: 1618-3703
    Series Statement: Zweijahresbericht / AWI, Alfred-Wegener-Institut für Polar- und Meeresforschung 2008/2009
    Language: German , English
    Note: Inhalt = Content 1. Vorwort = Introduction 2. Ausgewählte Forschungsthemen = Selected research topics Methanemission aus dem Permafrost im Lena-Delta = Methane emission from permafrost in the Lena River Delta / Torsten Sachs, Julia Boike Neue Biomarker belegen Schwankungen der arktischen Meereisbedeckung während der letzten 30.000 Jahre = New biomarkers reveal fluctuations in Arctic sea ice cover during the past 30,000 years / Juliane Müller, Rüdiger Stein Die Stabilität des Westantarktischen Eisschildes – Ergebnisse der ANDRILL Tiefbohrungen = The stability of the West Antarctic ice sheet – results of ANDRILL deep drilling operations / Gerhard Kuhn, Frank Niessen Meeresalgen global - detaillierter Blick aus dem All = Detailed view from space – marine algae globally observed / Astrid Bracher, Tilman Dinter, Ilka Peeken, Bettina Schmitt Was verrät der Jahreszyklus über die Klimaentwicklung der letzten Millionen Jahre? = What does the annual cycle tell us about climate change in the last millions of years? / Thomas Laepple, Gerrit Lohmann Der Puls der Atmosphäre: Dekadisches Auf und Ab / The pulse of the tmosphere: The decadal Ups and Downs / Dörthe Handorf, Klaus Dethloff, Sascha Brand, Matthias Läuter Das Eisendüngungsexperiment LOHAFEX = The Iron Fertilization Experiment LOHAFEX / Philipp Assmy, Christine Klaas, Victor Smetacek, Dieter Wolf-Gladrow Ein nützliches genetisches Erbe - Wie alte Gene das Überleben in neuen Lebensräumen ermöglichen = A convenient genetic heritage - How ancestral genes help to survive in new habitats / Doris Abele, Ellen Weihe, Magnus Lucassen, Christoph Held, Kevin Pöhlmann Verursacher von Muschelvergiftungen identifiziert = Cause of Shellfish Poisoning Identified / Urban Tillmann, Malte Elbrächter, Bernd Krock, Uwe John, Allan Cembella Mikrobielle Stoffumsätze im Klimawandel = Climate change and the microbial cycling of organic matter / Anja Engel, Judith Piontek, Mascha Wurst, Nicole Händel, Mirko Lunau, Corinna Borchard 3. Forschung = Research PACES 3.1 TOPIC 1: The changing Arctic and Antarctic 3.2 TOPIC 2: Coastal change 3.3 TOPIC 3: Lehrstunden aus der Erdgeschichte = Lessons from the past 3.4 TOPIC 4: Das Erdsystem aus polarer Perspektive = The Earth System from a Polar Perspective 4. Helmholtz-Nachwuchsgruppen = Helmholtz Young Investigator Groups 5. Entwicklungen in den Fachbereichen = Progresses in the scientific divisions 6. Tiefseeökologie und -technologie (HGF-MPG) = Deep-sea ecology and technology (HGF-MPG) 7. Logistik und Forschungsplattformen = Logistics and research platforms 8. Nationale und internationale Zusammenarbeit = National and international cooperation 9. Wissenschaftliches Rechenzentrum = Scientific data processing centre 10. Bibliothek = Library 11. Technologietransfer = Technology transfer 12. Kommunikation und Medien = Communications and Media 13. Schulprojekt = School project 14. Personeller Aufbau und Haushaltsentwicklung = Personnel structure and budget trends 15. Veröffentlichungen, Patente = Publications, patents Anhang = Annex , In deutscher und englischer Sprache
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 42
    Call number: AWI G3-11-0007
    In: Advances in global change research, 40
    Description / Table of Contents: This book covers a round-up of environmental changes in Siberia with a focus on the terrestrial biosphere but also discussing climate and atmosphere and the hydrolofical cycle. It concludes with a discussion of information system approaches that are being developed to safeguard and make accessible spatial and temporal data for environmental studies.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xv, 282 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9789048186402
    Series Statement: Advances in global change research 40
    Language: English
    Note: PART I: BIOSPHERE - 1. Forest disturbance assessment using satellite data of moderate and low resolution / M. A. Korets, V. A. Ryzhkova, A. I. Sukhinin, S. A. Bartalev and I. V. Danilova 2. Fire / climate interactions in Siberia / Heiko Balzter, Kevin Tansey, Jorg Kaduk, Charles George, France Gerard, Maria Cuevas Gonzalez, Anatoly Sukhinin and Evgeni Ponomarev 3. Long-term dynamics of mixed fir-aspen forests in West Sayan (Altai-Sayan Ecoregion) / D. M. Ismailova and D. I. Nazimova 4. Evidence of evergreen conifers invasion into larch dominated forests during recent decades / V. I. Kharuk, K. J. Ranson and M. L. Dvinskaya 5. Potential climate-induced vegetation change in Siberia in the 21st century / N. M. Tchebakova , E. I. Parfenova, and A. J. Soja 6. Wildfire dynamics in mid-Siberian larch dominated forests / V. I. Kharuk, K. J. Ranson and M. L. Dvinskaya 7. Dendroclimatological evidence of climate changes across Siberia / Vladimir V. Shishov, Eugene A. Vaganov 8. Siberian pine and larch response to climate warming in the southern Siberian mountain forest: tundra ecotone / V. I. Kharuk, K. J. Ranson, M. L. Dvinskaya and S. T. Im PART II: HYDROSPHERE 9. Remote sensing of spring snowmelt in Siberia / A. Bartsch, W. Wagner and R. Kidd 10. Response of river runoff in the cryolithic zone of Eastern Siberia (Lena River Basin) to future climate warming / A. G. Georgiadi, I. P. Milyukova and E. A. Kashutina PART III: ATMOSPHERE 11. Investigating regional scale processes using remotely sensed atmospheric CO2 column concentrations from SCIAMACHY / M. P. Barkley, A. J. Hewitt and P. S. Monks 12. Climatic and geographic patterns of spatial distribution of precipitation in Siberia / A. Onuchin and T. Burenina PART IV: INFORMATION SYSTEMS 13. Interoperability, data discovery and access: the e-Infrastructures for Earth Sciences resources / Stefano Nativi, Christiana Schmullius, Lorenzo Bigagli and Roman Gerlach 14. Development of a web based information-computational infrastructure for the Siberia Integrated Regional Study / E. P. Gordov, A. Z. Fazliev, V. N. Lykosov, I. G. Okladnikov and A. G. Titov 15. Conclusions / Heiko Balzter. - Appendix. - Index.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 43
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Cambridge : Cambridge University Press
    Call number: AWI Bio-11-0010
    Description / Table of Contents: This much revised and expanded edition provides a valuable and detailed summary of the many uses of diatoms in a wide range of applications in the environmental and earth sciences. Particular emphasis is placed on the use of diatoms in analyzing ecological problems related to climate change, acidification, eutrophication, and other pollution issues. The chapters are divided into sections for easy reference, with separate sections covering indicators in different aquatic environments. A final section explores diatom use in other fields of study such as forensics, oil and gas exploration, nanotechnology, and archeology. Sixteen new chapters have been added since the first edition including introductory chapters on diatom biology and the numerical approaches used by diatomists. The extensive glossary has also been expanded and now includes over 1000 detailed entries, which will help non-specialists to use the book effectively
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XVIII, 667 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Edition: Second edition
    ISBN: 9780521509961 , 0-521-50996-3
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: List of Contributors. - Preface. - Part I. Introduction: 1. Applications and uses of diatoms: prologue ; 2. The diatoms: a primer ; 3. Numerical methods for the analysis of diatom assemblage data ; Part II. Diatoms as indicators of environmental change in flowing waters and lakes: 4. Assessing environmental conditions in rivers and streams with diatoms ; 5. Diatoms as indicators of long-term environmental change in rivers, fluvial lakes and impoundments ; 6. Diatoms as indicators of surface-water acidity ; 7. Diatoms as indicators of lake eutrophication ; 8. Diatoms as indicators of environmental change in shallow lakes ; 9. Diatoms as indicators of water-level change in freshwater lakes ; 10. Diatoms as indicators of hydrologic and climatic change in saline lakes ; 11. Diatoms in ancient lakes ; Part III. Diatoms as Indicators in Arctic, Antarctic and alpine lacustrine environments: 12. Diatoms as indicators of environmental change in subarctic and alpine regions ; 13. Freshwater diatoms as indicators of environmental change in the High Arctic ; 14. Diatoms as indicators of environmental change in Antarctic and subantarctic freshwaters ; Part IV. Diatoms as indicators in marine and estuarine environments: 15. Diatoms and environmental change in large brackish-water ecosystems ; 16. Applied diatom studies in estuaries and shallow coastal environments ; 17. Estuarine paleoenvironmental reconstructions using diatoms ; 18. Diatoms on coral reefs and in tropical marine lakes ; 19. Diatoms as indicators of former sea levels, earthquakes, tsunamis and hurricanes ; 20. Marine diatoms as indicators of modern changes in oceanographic conditions ; 21. Holocene marine diatom records of environmental change ; 22. Diatoms as indicators of paleoceanographic events ; 23. Reconsidering the meaning of biogenic silica accumulation rates in the glacial Southern Ocean ; Part V. Other applications: 24. Diatoms of aerial habitats ; 25. Diatoms as indicators of environmental change in wetlands and peatlands ; 26. Tracking fish, seabirds, and wildlife population dynamics with diatoms and other limnological indicators ; 27. Diatoms and archaeology ; 28. Diatoms in oil and gas exploration ; 29. Forensic science and diatoms ; 30. Toxic marine diatoms ; 31. Diatoms as markers of atmospheric transport ; 32. Diatoms as nonnative species ; 33. Diatomite ; 34. Stable isotopes from diatom silica ; 35. Diatoms and nanotechnology: early history and imagined future as seen through patents ; Part IV. Conclusions: 36. Epilogue: a view to the future ; Glossary, acronyms, and abbreviations ; Index.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 44
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Princeton, NJ : Princeton University Press
    Call number: AWI G6-12-0047
    Description / Table of Contents: The Global Carbon Cycle is a short introduction to this essential geochemical driver of the earth's climate system, written by one of the world's leading climate-science experts. In this one-of-a-kind primer, David Archer engages readers in clear and simple terms about the many ways the global carbon cycle is woven into our climate system. He begins with a concise overview of the subject, and then looks at the carbon cycle on three different time scales, describing how the cycle interacts with climate in very distinct ways in each. On million-year time scales, feedbacks in the carbon cycle stabilize earth's climate and oxygen concentrations. Archer explains how on hundred-thousand-year glacial / interglacial time scales, the carbon cycle in the ocean amplifies climate change, and how, on the human time scale of decades, the carbon cycle has been dampening climate change by absorbing fossil-fuel carbon dioxide into the oceans and land biosphere. A central question of the book is whether the carbon cycle could once again act to amplify climate change in centuries to come, for example through melting permafrost peatlands and methane hydrates. The Global Carbon Cycle features a glossary of terms, suggestions for further reading, and explanations of equations, as well as a forward-looking discussion of open questions about the global carbon cycle.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 205 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9780691144146
    Series Statement: Princeton Primers in climate
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: 1 Carbon on earth. - 2 The stable geologic carbon cycle. - 3 The unstable ice age carbon cycle. - 4 The present and future carboncycle - stable or unstable?. - 5 Methane.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 45
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Washington, DC : United States Government Printing Office
    Associated volumes
    Call number: S 90.0002(1386-F) ; AWI G7-11-0050
    In: Satellite image atlas of glaciers of the world, 1386-F
    In: Professional paper, 1386-F
    Description / Table of Contents: This chapter is the ninth to be released in U.S. Geological Survey Professional Paper 1386, Satellite Image Atlas of Glaciers of the World, a series of 11 chapters. In each of the geographic area chapters, remotely sensed images, primarily from the Landsat 1, 2, and 3 series of spacecraft, are used to analyze the specific glacierized region of our planet under consideration and to monitor glacier changes. Landsat images, acquired primarily during the middle to late 1970s and early 1980s, were used by an international team of glaciologists and other scientists to study various geographic regions and (or) to discuss related glaciological topics. In each glacierized geographic region, the present areal distribution of glaciers is compared, wherever possible, with historical information about their past extent. The atlas provides an accurate regional inventory of the areal extent of glacier ice on our planet during the 1970s as part of a growing international scientific effort to measure global environmental change on the Earth's surface.The chapter is divided into seven geographic parts and one topical part: Glaciers of the Former Soviet Union (F-1), Glaciers of China (F-2), Glaciers of Afghanistan (F-3), Glaciers of Pakistan (F-4), Glaciers of India (F-5), Glaciers of Nepal (F-6), Glaciers of Bhutan (F-7), and the Paleoenvironmental Record Preserved in Middle-Latitude, High-Mountain Glaciers (F-8). Each geographic section describes the glacier extent during the 1970s and 1980s, the benchmark time period (1972-1981) of this volume, but has been updated to include more recent information.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: VIII, F349 S. , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9781411326095
    Series Statement: Satellite image atlas of glaciers of the world / ed. by Richard S. Williams ... F
    Classification:
    Regional Geology
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: F–1. GLACIERS OF THE FORMER SOVIET UNION / VLADIMIR M. KOTLYAKOV, with contributions from A.M. DYAKOVA (Siberia), V.S. KORYAKIN (Russian Arctic Islands), V.I. KRAVTSOVA (Caucasus, Altay), G.B. OSIPOVA (Tien Shan), G.M. VARNAKOVA (Pamirs and Alai Range), V.N. VINOGRADOV (Kamchatka), O.N. VINOGRADOV (Caucasus), and N.M. ZVERKOVA (Ural Mountains and Taymyr Peninsula) Sections on FLUCTUATIONS OF GLACIERS OF THE CENTRAL CAUCASUS AND GORA EL’BRUS (With a subsection on THE GLACIOLOGICAL DISASTER IN NORTH OSETIYA / VLADIMIR M. KOTLYAKOV, O.V. ROTOTAEVA, and G.A. NOSENKO INVESTIGATIONS OF THE FLUCTUATIONS OF SURGE-TYPE GLACIERS IN THE PAMIRS BASED ON OBSERVATIONS FROM SPACE / VLADIMIR M. KOTLYAKOV, G.B. OSIPOVA, and D.G. TSVETKOV THE GLACIOLOGY OF THE RUSSIAN HIGH ARCTIC FROM LANDSAT IMAGERY / J.A. DOWDESWELL, E.K. DOWDESWELL, M. WILLIAMS, and A.F. GLAZOVSKII F–2. GLACIERS OF CHINA / SHI YAFENG, MI DESHENG, YAO TANDONG, ZENG QUNZHU, and LIU CHAOHAI F–3 GLACIERS OF AFGHANISTAN / JOHN E. SHRODER , JR ., and MICHAEL P. BISHOP F–4 GLACIERS OF PAKISTAN / JOHN E. SHRODER , JR ., and MICHAEL P. BISHOP F–5 GLACIERS OF INDIA / CHANDER P. VOHRA Updated supplement on A STUDY OF SELECTED GLACIERS UNDER THE CHANGING CLIMATE REGIME / SYED IQBAL HASNAIN, RAJESH KUMAR , SAFARAZ AHMAD, and SHRESTH TAYAL F–6 GLACIERS OF NEPAL — GLACIER DISTRIBUTION IN THE NEPAL HIMALAYA WITH COMPARISON TO THE KARAKORAM RANGE / KEIJI HIGUCHI, OKITSUGU WATANABE, HIROJI FUSHIMI, SHUHEI TAKENAKA, and AKIO NAGOSHI, Supplement by YUTAKA AGETA F–7 GLACIERS OF BHUTAN / SHUJI IWATA F–8 THE PALEOENVIRONMENTAL RECORD PRESERVED IN MIDDLE-LATITUDE, HIGH-MOUNTAIN GLACIERS: AN OVERVIEW OF U.S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY RESEARCH IN CENTRAL ASIA AND THE UNITED STATES / L. DeWAYNE CECIL, DAVID L. NAFTZ, PAUL F. SCHUSTER , DAVID D. SUSONG, and JAROMY R . GREEN
    Location: Lower compact magazine
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 46
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    London : Hodder Education
    Call number: AWI G7-11-0061
    Description / Table of Contents: Glaciers & Glaciation is the classic textbook for all students of glaciation. Stimulating and accessible, it has established a reputation as a comprehensive and essential resource. In this new edition, the text, references and illustrations have been thoroughly updated to provide a state-of-the-art overview of the nature, origin and behaviour of glaciers and the geological and geomorphological evidence for their past history on earth. The first part of the book investigates the processes involved in forming glacier ice, the natureof glacier-climate relationships, the mechanisms of glacier flow and the interactions of glaciers with other natural systems such as rivers, lakes and oceans. In the second part, the emphasis moves to landforms and sediment, the interpretation of the earth's glacial legacy and the reconstruction of glacial depositional environments and palaeoglaciology.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XIV, 802 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Edition: Second edition
    ISBN: 9780340905791
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS PREFACE PREFACE TO THE SECOND EDITION ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS PART ONE GLACIERS 1 INTRODUCTION 1.1 Glacier systems 1.1.1 Mass balance 1.1.2 Meltwater 1.1.3 Glacier motion 1.1.4 Glaciers and sea-level change 1.1.5 Erosion and debris transport 1.1.6 Glacial sediments, landforms and landscapes 1.2 Glacier morphology 1.2.1 Ice sheets and ice caps 1.2.2 Glaciers constrained by topography 1.2.3 Ice shelves 1.3 Present distribution of glaciers 1.3.1 Influence of latitude and altitude 1.3.2 Influence of aspect, relief and distance from a moisture source 1.4 Past distribution of glaciers 1.4.1 'Icehouse' and 'greenhouse' worlds 1.4.2 Cenozoic glaciation 2 SNOW, ICE AND CLIMATE 2.1 Introduction 2.2 Surface energy balance 2.2.1 Changes of state and temperature 2.2.2 Shortwave radiation 2.2.3 Longwave radiation 2.2.4 Sensible and latent heat: turbulent fluxes 2.2.5 Energy supplied by rain 2.2.6 Why is glacier ice blue? 2.3 Ice temperature 2.3.1 The melting point of ice 2.3.2 Controls on ice temperature 2.3.3 Thermal structure of glaciers and ice sheets 2.4 Processes of accumulation and ablation 2.4.1 Snow and ice accumulation 2.4.2 Transformation of snow to ice 2.4.3 Melting of snow and ice 2.4.4 Sublimation and evaporation 2.4.5 The influence of debris cover 2.5 Mass balance 2.5.1 Definitions 2.5.2 Measurement of mass balance 2.5.3 Annual mass balance cycles 2.5.4 Mass balance gradients 2.5.5 The equilibrium line 2.5.6 Glaciation levels or glaciation thresholds 2.5.7 Glacier sensitivity to climate change 2.6 Glacier-climate interactions 2.6.1 Effects of glaciers and ice sheets on the atmosphere 2.7 Ice cores 2.7.1 Ice coring programmes 2.7.2 Stable isotopes 2.7.3 Ancient atmospheres: the gas content of glacier ice 2.7.4 Solutes and particulates 3 GLACIER HYDROLOGY 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Basic concepts 3.2.1 Water sources and routing 3.2.2 Hydraulic potential 3.2.3 Resistance to flow 3.2.4 Channel wall processes: melting, freezing and ice deformation 3.3 Supraglacial and englacial drainage 3.3.1 Supraglacial water storage and drainage 3.3.2 Englacial drainage 3.4 Subglacial drainage 3.4.1 Subglacial channels 3.4.2 Water films 3.4.3 Linked cavity systems 3.4.4 Groundwater flow 3.4.5 Water at the ice-sediment interface 3.5 Glacial hydrological systems 3.5.1 Temperate glaciers 3.5.2 Polythermal glaciers 3.5.3 Modelling glacial hydrological systems 3.6 Proglacial runoff 3.6.1 Seasonal and shorter-term cycles 3.6.2 Runoff and climate change 3.7 Glacial lakes and outburst floods 3.7.1 Introduction 3.7.2 Moraine-dammed lakes 3.7.3 Ice-dammed lakes 3.7.4 Icelandic subglacial lakes 3.7.5 Estimating GLOF magnitudes 3.8 Life in glaciers 3.8.1 Supraglacial ecosystems 3.8.2 Subglacial ecosystems 3.9 Glacier hydrochemistry 3.9.1 Overview 3.9.2 Snow chemistry 3.9.3 Chemical weathering processes 3.9.4 Subglacial chemical weathering 3.9.5 Proglacial environments 3.9.6 Rates of chemical erosion 4 PROCESSES OF GLACIER MOTION 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Stress and strain 4.2.1 Stress 4.2.2 Strain 4.2.3 Rheology: stress-strain relationships 4.2.4 Force balance in glaciers 4.3 Deformation of ice 4.3.1 Glen's Flow Law 4.3.2 Crystal fabric, impurities and water content 4.3.3 Ice creep velocities 4.4 Sliding 4.4.1 Frozen beds 4.4.2 Sliding of wet-based ice 4.4.3 Glacier-bed friction 4.4.4 The role of water 4.5 Deformable beds 4.5.1 The Boulton-Hindmarsh model 4.5.2 Laboratory testing of subglacial tills 4.5.3 Direct observations of deformable glacier beds 4.5.4 Rheology of subglacial till 4.6 Rates of basal motion 4.6.1 'Sliding laws' 4.6.2 Local and non-local controls on ice velocity 4.7 Crevasses and other structures: strain made visible 4.7.1 Crevasses 4.7.2 Crevasse patterns 4.7.3 Layering, foliation and related structures 5 GLACIER DYNAMICS 5.1 Introduction 5.2 Understanding glacier dynamics 5.2.1 Balance velocities 5.2.2 Deviations from the balance velocity 5.2.3 Changes in ice thickness: continuity 5.2.4 Thermodynamics 5.3 Glacier models 5.3.1 Overview 5.3.2 Equilibrium glacier profiles 5.3.3 Time-evolving glacier models 5.4 Dynamics of valley glaciers 5.4.1 Intra-annual velocity variations 5.4.2 Multi-annual variations 5.5 Calving glaciers 5.5.1 Flow of calving glaciers 5.5.2 Calving processes 5.5.3 'Calving laws' 5.5.4 Advance and retreat of calving glaciers 5.6 Ice shelves 5.6.1 Mass balance of k e shelves 5.6.2 Flow of ice shelves 5.6.3 Ice shelf break-up 5.7 Glacier surges 5.7.1 Overview 5.7.2 Distribution of surging glaciers 5.7.3 Temperate glacier surges 5.7.4 Polythermal surging glaciers 5.7.5 Surge mechanisms 6 THE GREENLAND AND ANTARCTIC ICE SHEETS 6.1 Introduction 6.2 The Greenland Ice Sheet 6.2.1 Overview 6.2.2 Climate and surface mass balance 6.2.3 Ice sheet flow 6.2.4 Ice streams and outlet glaciers 6.3 The Antarctic Ice Sheet 6.3.1 Overview 6.3.2 Climate and mass balance 6.3.3 Flow of inland ice 6.3.4 Ice streams 6.3.5 Hydrology and subglacial lakes 6.3.6 Ice stream stagnation and reactivation 6.3.7 Stability of the West Antarctic Ice Sheet 7 GLACIERS AND SEA LEVEL CHANGE 7.1 Introduction 7.2 Causes of sea-level change 7.2.1 Overview 7.2.2 Glacio-eustasy and global ice volume 7.2.3 Glacio-isostasy and ice sheet loading 7.3 Sea-level change over glacial-interglacial cycles 7.3.1 Ice sheet fluctuations and eustatic sea-level change 7.3.2 Sea-level histories in glaciated regions 7.4 Glaciers and recent sea-level change 7.4.1 Recorded sea-level change 7.4.2 Global glacier mass balance 7.5 Future sea-level change 7.5.1 IPCC climate and sea-level projections 7.5.2 Predicting the glacial contribution to sea-level change PART TWO GLACIATION 8 EROSIONAL PROCESSES, FORMS AND LANDSCAPES 8.1 Introduction 8.2 Subglacial erosion 8.2.1 Rock fracture: general principles 8.2.2 Abrasion 8.2,3 Quarrying 8.2.4 Erosion beneath cold ice 8.2.5 Erosion of soft beds 8.3 Small-scale erosional forms 8.3.1 Striae and polished surfaces 8.3.2 Rat tails 8.3.3 Chattermarks, gouges and fractures 8.3.4 P-forms 8.4 Intermediate-scale erosional forms 8.4.1 Roches moutonnees 8.4.2 Whalebacks and rock drumlins 8.4.3 Crag and tails 8.4.4 Channels 8.5 Large-scale erosional landforms 8.5.1 Rock basins and overdeepenings 8.5.2 Basins and overdeepenings in soft sediments 8.5.3 Troughs and fjords 8.5.4 Cirques 8.5.5 Strandflats 8.6 Landscapes of glacial erosion 8.6.1 Areal scouring 8.6.2 Selective linear erosion 8.6.3 Landscapes of little or no glacial erosion 8.6.4 Alpine landscapes 8.6.5 Cirque landscapes 8.6.6 Continent-scale patterns of erosion 9 DEBRIS ENTRAPMENT AND TRANSPORT 9.1 Introduction 9.2 Approaches to the study of glacial sediments 9.2.1 The glacial debris cascade 9.2.2 Spatial hierarchies of sediments and landforms 9.3 Glacial debris entrainment 9.3.1 Supraglacial debris entrainment 9.3.2 Incorporation of debris into basal ice 9.4 Debris transport and release 9.4.1 Subglacial transport 9.4.2 High-level debris transport 9.4.3 Glacifluvial transport 9.5 Effects of transport on debris 9.5.1 Granulometry 9.5.2 Clast morphology 9.5.3 Particle micromorphology 10 GLACIGENIC SEDIMENTS AND DEPOSITIONAL PROCESSES 10.1 Introduction 10.2 Sediment description and classification 10.2.1 Sediment description 10.2.2 Deformation structures 10.2.3 Primary and secondary deposits 10.3 Primary glacigenic deposits (till) 10.3.1 Overview 10.3.2 Processes of subglacial till formation 10.3.3 Glacitectonite 10.3.4 Subglacial traction till 10.4 Glacifluvial deposits 10.4.1 Terminology and classification of glacifluvial sediments 10.4.2 Plane bed deposits 10.4.3 Ripple cross-laminated facies 10.4.4 Dunes 10.4.5 Antidunes 10.4.6 Scour and minor channel fills 10.4.7 Gravel sheets 10.4.8 Silt and mud drapes 10.4.9 Hyperconcentrated flow deposits 10.5 Gravitational mass movement deposits and syn-sedimentary deformation structures 10.5.1 Overview 10.5.2 Fall deposits 10.5.3 Slide and slump deposits 10.5.4 Debris (sediment-gravity) flow deposits 10.5.5
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 47
    Call number: AWI NBM-15-0018
    Type of Medium: Non-book medium
    Pages: 1 Film (54 min) : Stereo, HDTV , 12 cm
    Language: German
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 48
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Bremerhaven : Alfred-Wegener-Inst. für Polar- und Meeresforschung
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-168-541 ; ZS-090(541
    In: Berichte zur Polar- und Meeresforschung
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: XVI, 141 S. : Ill., graph. Darst.
    ISSN: 1618-3193
    Series Statement: Berichte zur Polar- und Meeresforschung 541
    Classification:
    Meteorology and Climatology
    Language: English
    Note: Zugl.: Greifswald, Univ., Diss., 2005
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Location: Lower compact magazine
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 49
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Bremerhaven : Alfred-Wegener-Inst. für Polar- und Meeresforschung
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-168-539 ; ZS-090(539)
    In: Berichte zur Polar- und Meeresforschung
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 123 S. : Ill., graph. Darst., Kt.
    ISSN: 1618-3193
    Series Statement: Berichte zur Polar- und Meeresforschung 539
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Location: Lower compact magazine
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 50
    Call number: AWI S1-07-0025
    Description / Table of Contents: Since the publication of "Spectral Methods in Fluid Dynamics", spectral methods, particularly in their multidomain version, have become firmly established as a mainstream tool for scientific and engineering computation. While retaining the tight integration between the theoretical and practical aspects of spectral methods that was the hallmark of the earlier book, Canuto et al. now incorporate the many improvements in the algorithms and the theory of spectral methods that have been made since 1988. The initial treatment Fundamentals in Single Domains discusses the fundamentals of the approximation of solutions to ordinary and partial differential equations on single domains by expansions in smooth, global basis functions. The first half of the book provides the algorithmic details of orthogonal expansions, transform methods, spectral discretization of differential equations plus their boundary conditions, and solution of the discretized equations by direct and iterative methods. The second half furnishes a comprehensive discussion of the mathematical theory of spectral methods on single domains, including approximation theory, stability and convergence, and illustrative applications of the theory to model boundary-value problems. Both the algorithmic and theoretical discussions cover spectral methods on tensor-product domains, triangles and tetrahedra. All chapters are enhanced with material on the Galerkin with numerical integration version of spectral methods. The discussion of direct and iterative solution methods is greatly expanded as are the set of numerical examples that illustrate the key properties of the various types of spectral approximations and the solution algorithms. A companion book "Evolution to Complex Geometries and Applications to Fluid Dynamics" contains an extensive survey of the essential algorithmic and theoretical aspects of spectral methods for complex geometries and provides detailed discussions of spectral algorithms for fluid dynamics in simple and complex geometries.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XXII, 563 Seiten , Illustrationen , 235 mm x 155 mm
    ISBN: 3540307257 , 3-540-30725-7 , 978-3-540-30725-9
    ISSN: 1434-8322
    Series Statement: Scientific computation
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1. Introduction 1.1 Historical Background 1.2 Some Examples of Spectral Methods 1.2.1 A Fourier Galerkin Method for the Wave Equation 1.2.2 A Chebyshev Collocation Method for the Heat Equation 1.2.3 A Legendre Galerkin with Numerical Integration (G-NI) Method for the Advection-Diffusion-Reaction Equation 1.2.4 A Legendre Tau Method for the Poisson Equation 1.2.5 Basic Aspects of Galerkin, Collocation, G-NI and Tau Methods 1.3 Three-Dimensional Applications in Fluids: A Look Ahead 2. Polynomial Approximation 2.1 The Fourier System 2.1.1 The Continuous Fourier Expansion 2.1.2 The Discrete Fourier Expansion 2.1.3 Differentiation 2.1.4 The Gibbs Phenomenon 2.2 Orthogonal Polynomials in (−1, 1) 2.2.1 Sturm-Liouville Problems 2.2.2 Orthogonal Systems of Polynomials 2.2.3 Gauss-Type Quadratures and Discrete Polynomial Transforms 2.3 Legendre Polynomials 2.3.1 Basic Formulas 2.3.2 Differentiation 2.3.3 Orthogonality, Diagonalization and Localization 2.4 Chebyshev Polynomials 2.4.1 Basic Formulas 2.4.2 Differentiation 2.5 Jacobi Polynomials 2.6 Approximation in Unbounded Domains 2.6.1 Laguerre Polynomials and Laguerre Functions 2.6.2 Hermite Polynomials and Hermite Functions 2.7 Mappings for Unbounded Domains 2.7.1 Semi-Infinite Intervals 2.7.2 The Real Line 2.8 Tensor-Product Expansions 2.8.1 Multidimensional Mapping 2.9 Expansions on Triangles and Related Domains 2.9.1 Collapsed Coordinates and Warped Tensor-Product Expansions 2.9.2 Non-Tensor-Product Expansions 2.9.3 Mappings 3. Basic Approaches to Constructing Spectral Methods 3.1 Burgers Equation 3.2 Strong and Weak Formulations of Differential Equations 3.3 Spectral Approximation of the Burgers Equation 3.3.1 Fourier Galerkin 3.3.2 Fourier Collocation 3.3.3 Chebyshev Tau 3.3.4 Chebyshev Collocation 3.3.5 Legendre G-NI 3.4 Convolution Sums 3.4.1 Transform Methods and Pseudospectral Methods 3.4.2 Aliasing Removal by Padding or Truncation 3.4.3 Aliasing Removal by Phase Shifts 3.4.4 Aliasing Removal for Orthogonal Polynomials 3.5 Relation Between Collocation, G-NI and Pseudospectral Methods 3.6 Conservation Forms 3.7 Scalar Hyperbolic Problems 3.7.1 Enforcement of Boundary Conditions 3.7.2 Numerical Examples 3.8 Matrix Construction for Galerkin and G-NI Methods 3.8.1 Matrix Elements 3.8.2 An Example of Algebraic Equivalence between G-NI and Collocation Methods 3.9 Polar Coordinates 3.10 Aliasing Effects 4. Algebraic Systems and Solution Techniques 4.1 Ad-hoc Direct Methods 4.1.1 Fourier Approximations 4.1.2 Chebyshev Tau Approximations 4.1.3 Galerkin Approximations 4.1.4 Schur Decomposition and Matrix Diagonalization 4.2 Direct Methods 4.2.1 Tensor Products of Matrices 4.2.2 Multidimensional Stiffness and Mass Matrices 4.2.3 Gaussian Elimination Techniques 4.3 Eigen-Analysis of Spectral Derivative Matrices 4.3.1 Second-Derivative Matrices 4.3.2 First-Derivative Matrices 4.3.3 Advection-Diffusion Matrices 4.4 Preconditioning 4.4.1 Fundamentals of Iterative Methods for Spectral Discretizations 4.4.2 Low-Order Preconditioning of Model Spectral Operators in One Dimension 4.4.3 Low-Order Preconditioning in Several Dimensions 4.4.4 Spectral Preconditioning 4.5 Descent and Krylov Iterative Methods for Spectral Equations 4.5.1 Multidimensional Matrix-Vector Multiplication 4.5.2 Iterative Methods 4.6 Spectral Multigrid Methods 4.6.1 One-Dimensional Fourier Multigrid Model Problem 4.6.2 General Spectral Multigrid Methods 4.7 Numerical Examples of Direct and Iterative Methods 4.7.1 Fourier Collocation Discretizations 4.7.2 Chebyshev Collocation Discretizations 4.7.3 Legendre G-NI Discretizations 4.7.4 Preconditioners for Legendre G-NI Matrices 4.8 Interlude 5. Polynomial Approximation Theory 5.1 Fourier Approximation 5.1.1 Inverse Inequalities for Trigonometric Polynomials 5.1.2 Estimates for the Truncation and Best Approximation Errors 5.1.3 Estimates for the Interpolation Error 5.2 Sturm-Liouville Expansions 5.2.1 Regular Sturm-Liouville Problems 5.2.2 Singular Sturm-Liouville Problems 5.3 Discrete Norms 5.4 Legendre Approximations 5.4.1 Inverse Inequalities for Algebraic Polynomials 5.4.2 Estimates for the Truncation and Best Approximation Errors 5.4.3 Estimates for the Interpolation Error 5.4.4 Scaled Estimates 5.5 Chebyshev Approximations 5.5.1 Inverse Inequalities for Polynomials 5.5.2 Estimates for the Truncation and Best Approximation Errors 5.5.3 Estimates for the Interpolation Error 5.6 Proofs of Some Approximation Results 5.7 Other Polynomial Approximations 5.7.1 Jacobi Polynomials 5.7.2 Laguerre and Hermite Polynomials 5.8 Approximation in Cartesian-Product Domains 5.8.1 Fourier Approximations 5.8.2 Legendre Approximations 5.8.3 Mapped Operators and Scaled Estimates 5.8.4 Chebyshev and Other Jacobi Approximations 5.8.5 Blended Trigonometric and Algebraic Approximations 5.9 Approximation in Triangles and Related Domains 6. Theory of Stability and Convergence 6.1 Three Elementary Examples Revisited 6.1.1 A Fourier Galerkin Method for the Wave Equation 6.1.2 A Chebyshev Collocation Method for the Heat Equation 6.1.3 A Legendre Tau Method for the Poisson Equation 6.2 Towards a General Theory 6.3 General Formulation of Spectral Approximations to Linear Steady Problems 6.4 Galerkin, Collocation, G-NI and Tau Methods 6.4.1 Galerkin Methods 6.4.2 Collocation Methods 6.4.3 G-NI Methods 6.4.4 Tau Methods 6.5 General Formulation of Spectral Approximations to Linear Evolution Problems 6.5.1 Conditions for Stability and Convergence: The Parabolic Case 6.5.2 Conditions for Stability and Convergence: The Hyperbolic Case 6.6 The Error Equation 7. Analysis of Model Boundary-Value Problems 7.1 The Poisson Equation 7.1.1 Legendre Methods 7.1.2 Chebyshev Methods 7.1.3 Other Boundary-Value Problems 7.2 Singularly Perturbed Elliptic Equations 7.2.1 Stabilization of Spectral Methods 7.3 The Eigenvalues of Some Spectral Operators 7.3.1 The Discrete Eigenvalues for Lu = −uxx 7.3.2 The Discrete Eigenvalues for Lu = −νuxx + βux 7.3.3 The Discrete Eigenvalues for Lu = ux 7.4 The Preconditioning of Spectral Operators 7.5 The Heat Equation 7.6 Linear Hyperbolic Equations 7.6.1 Periodic Boundary Conditions 7.6.2 Nonperiodic Boundary Conditions 7.6.3 The Resolution of the Gibbs Phenomenon 7.6.4 Spectral Accuracy for Non-Smooth Solutions 7.7 Scalar Conservation Laws 7.8 The Steady Burgers Equation Appendix A. Basic Mathematical Concepts A.1 Hilbert and Banach Spaces A.2 The Cauchy-Schwarz Inequality A.3 Linear Operators Between Banach Spaces A.4 The Fr´echet Derivative of an Operator A.5 The Lax-Milgram Theorem A.6 Dense Subspace of a Normed Space A.7 The Spaces Cm(Ω), m ≥ 0 A.8 Functions of Bounded Variation and the Riemann(-Stieltjes) Integral A.9 The Lebesgue Integral and Lp-Spaces A.10 Infinitely Differentiable Functions and Distributions A.11 Sobolev Spaces and Sobolev Norms A.12 The Sobolev Inequality A.13 The Poincar´e Inequality A.14 The Hardy Inequality A.15 The Gronwall Lemma Appendix B. Fast Fourier Transforms Appendix C. Iterative Methods for Linear Systems C.1 A Gentle Approach to Iterative Methods C.2 Descent Methods for Symmetric Problems C.3 Krylov Methods for Nonsymmetric Problems Appendix D. Time Discretizations D.1 Notation and Stability Definitions D.2 Standard ODE Methods D.2.1 Leap Frog Method D.2.2 Adams-Bashforth Methods D.2.3 Adams-Moulton Methods D.2.4 Backwards-Difference Formulas D.2.5 Runge-Kutta Methods D.3 Integrating Factors D.4 Low-Storage Schemes References Index
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 51
    Call number: ZSP-405a-07-0031
    In: JAXA Research and Development Report
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 14 S.
    Series Statement: JAXA Research and development report RR-05-023E
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 52
    Call number: ZSP-405b-07-0032
    In: JAXA Special Publication
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 107 S.
    Series Statement: JAXA Special Publication SP-05-035E
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 53
    Call number: ZSP-403-291
    In: Jare Data Reports
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 8 S. : Ill., überw. graph. Darst.
    Series Statement: Jare Data Reports 291 : Marine Biology 35
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 54
    Call number: ZSP-403-290
    In: Jare Data Reports
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 7 S. : überw. graph. Darst., Ill.
    Series Statement: Jare Data Reports 290 : Marine Biology 34
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 55
    Call number: ZSP-403-292
    In: Jare Data Reports
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 94 S. : überw. graph. Darst.
    Series Statement: JARE data reports 292 : Ionosphere 75
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 56
    Call number: ZSP-403-289
    In: Jare Data Reports
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 59 S. : überw. graph. Darst.
    Series Statement: Jare Data Reports 289 : Upper Atmosphere Physics 24
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 57
    Call number: ZSP-403-286
    In: Jare Data Reports
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 15 S. : überw. graph. Darst.
    Series Statement: Jare Data Reports 286 : Marine Biology 33
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 58
    Call number: ZSP-403-285
    In: Jare Data Reports
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 112 S. : überw. graph. Darst. u. Ill.
    Series Statement: Jare Data Reports 285 : Seismology 40
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 59
    Call number: ZSP-403-295
    In: Jare Data Reports
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 55 S. : überw. graph. Darst.
    Series Statement: JARE data reports 295 : Oceanography 30
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 60
    Call number: ZSP-403-293
    In: Jare Data Reports
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 59 S. : überw. graph. Darst.
    Series Statement: JARE data reports 293 : Oceanography 28
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 61
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Chichester : Wiley
    Call number: AWI A6-08-0012
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: X, 280 Seiten , Illustrationen , 1 CD-ROM
    ISBN: 0470861738
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Preface Part I Anatomy of a cyclone 1 Anatomy of a cyclone 1.1 A 'typical' extra-tropical cyclone 1.2 Describing the atmosphere 1.3 Air masses and fronts 1.4 The structure of a typical extra-tropical cyclone Review questions 2 Mathematical methods in fluid dynamics 2.1 Scalars and vectors 2.2 The algebra of vectors 2.3 Scalar and vector fields 2.4 Coordinate systems on the Earth 2.5 Gradients of vectors 2.6 Line and surface integrals 2.7 Eulerian and Lagrangian frames of reference 2.8 Advection Review questions 3 Properties of fluids 3.1 Solids, liquids, and gases 3.2 Thermodynamic properties of air 3.3 Composition of the atmosphere 3.4 Static stability 3.5 The continuum hypothesis 3.6 Practical assumptions 3.7 Continuity equation Review questions 4 Fundamental forces 4.1 Newton's second law: F=ma 4.2 Body, surface, and line forces 4.3 Forces in an inertial reference frame 4.4 Forces in a rotating reference frame 4.5 The Navier-Stokes equations Review questions 5 Scale analysis 5.1 Dimensional homogeneity 5.2 Scales 5.3 Non-dimensional parameters 5.4 Scale analysis 5.5 The geostrophic approximation Review questions 6 Simple steady motion 6.1 Natural coordinate system 6.2 Balanced flow 6.3 The Boussinesq approximation 6.4 The thermal wind 6.5 Departures from balance Review questions 7 Circulation and vorticity 7.1 Circulation 7.2 Vorticity 7.3 Conservation of potential vorticity 7.4 An introduction to the vorticity equation Review questions 8 Simple wave motions 8.1 Properties of waves 8.2 Perturbation analysis 8.3 Planetary waves Review questions 9 Extra-tropical weather systems 9.1 Fronts 9.2 Frontal cyclones 9.3 Baroclinic instability Review questions Part II Atmospheric phenomena 10 Boundary layers 10.1 Turbulence 10.2 Reynolds decomposition 10.3 Generation of turbulence 10.4 Closure assumptions Review questions 11 Clouds and severe weather 11.1 Moist processes in the atmosphere 11.2 Air mass thunderstorms 11.3 Multi-cell thunderstorms 11.4 Supercell thunderstorms and tornadoes 11.5 Mesoscale convective systems Review questions 12 Tropical weather 12.1 Scales of motion 12.2 Atmospheric oscillations 12.3 Tropical cyclones Review questions 13 Mountain weather 13.1 Internal gravity waves 13.2 Flow over mountains 13.3 Downslope windstorms Review questions 14 Polar weather 14.1 Katabatic winds 14.2 Barrier winds 14.3 Polar lows Review questions 15 Epilogue: the general circulation 15.1 Fueled by the Sun 15.2 Radiative-convective equilibrium 15.3 The zonal mean circulation 15.4 The angular momentum budget 15.5 The energy cycle Appendix A - symbols Appendix Β - constants and units Bibliography Index
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 62
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    [Tokyo] : Japan Aerospace Exploration Agency
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-405a-08-0031
    In: JAXA Research and Development Report
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 32 S. : graph. Darst.
    Series Statement: JAXA Research and development report RR-05-034E
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 63
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    [Tokyo] : Japan Aerospace Exploration Agency
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-405a-08-0032
    In: JAXA Research and Development Report
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 10 S. : Ill.
    Series Statement: JAXA Research and development report RR-05-025E
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 64
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    New York, NY : Springer-Verlag
    Associated volumes
    Call number: 20/M 07.0074 ; AWI G6-22-820
    In: Environmental Science
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XII, 308 Seiten , Illustrationen , 1 CD-ROM (12 cm)
    ISBN: 0-387-30513-0
    Series Statement: Environmental Science
    Classification:
    Ecology
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Acknowledgments Chapter 1. Introduction 1.1 Discovery 1.2 General Introduction 1.3 Just for Fun — An Isotope Biography of Mr. Polychaete Chapter 2. Isotope Notation and Measurement Overview 2.1 The Necessary Minimum for Ecologists 2.2 Why Use the 5 Notation? 2.3 Why Is 8 a Good Substitute for % Heavy Isotope? 2.4 8 and the Ratio-of-Ratios 2.5 Chapter Summary Chapter 3. Using Stable Isotope Tracers Overview 3.1 Isotope Circulation in the Biosphere 3.2 Landscape Ecology and Isotope Maps 3.3 Community Ecology and Invasive Species in Food Webs 3.4 Life History Ecology and Animal Migrations 3.5 Plants, Microbes, and Scaling Up 3.6 Chapter Summary Chapter 4. Isotope Chi ("I Chi") Overview 4.1 Chocolate Isotopes 4.2 Oxygen in the Sea 4.3 Equations for Isotope Chi ("I Chi") 4.4 Building an I Chi Gain-Loss Model, Step by Step 4.5 Errors in I Chi Models 4.6 Exact Equations for I Chi Models 4.7 Cows in a Pasture 4.8 Chapter Summary Chapter 5. Mixing Overview 5.1 Isotope Mixing in Food Webs 5.2 Isotope Sourcery 5.3 Mixing Mechanics 5.4 Advanced Mixing Mechanics 5.5 Mixing Assumptions and Errors or the Art and Wisdom of Using Isotope Mixing Models 5.6 River Sulfate and Mass-Weighted Mixing 5.7 A Special Muddy Case and Mixing Through Time 5.8 The Qualquan Chronicles and Mixing Across Landscapes 5.9 Dietary Mixing, Turnover, and a Stable Isotope Clock 5.10 Chapter Summary Chapter 6. Isotope Additions Overview 6.1 Addition Addiction 6.2 The Golden Spike Award for Isotopes 6.3 Chapter Summary Chapter 7. Fractionation Overview 7.1 Fractionation Fundamentals 7.2 Isotopium and Fractionation in Closed Systems 7.3 A Strange and Routine Case 7.4 A Genuine Puzzle — Fractionation or Mixing? 7.5 Cracking the Closed Systems 7.6 Equilibrium Fractionation, Subtle Drama in the Cold 7.7 A Supply/Demand Model for Open System Fractionation 7.8 Open System Fractionation and Evolution of the Earth's Sulfur Cycle 7.9 Open System Legacies 7.10 Conducting Fractionation Experiments 7.11 Chapter Summary Chapter 8. Scanning the Future Overview 8.1 The Isotope Scanner 8.2 Mangrove Maude 8.3 The Beginner's Advantage—Imagine! 8.4 Chapter Summary Appendix. Important Isotope Equations and Useful Conversions Index Supplemental Electronic Materials on the Accompanying CD A. Chapter 1 Color Figures and Cartoon Problems B. Chapter 2 Color Figures and Cartoon Problems Technical Supplement 2A: Measuring Spiked Samples Technical Supplement 2B: Ion Corrections Technical Supplement 2C: The Ratio Notation and The Power of 1 C. Chapter 3 Color Figures and Cartoons Problems D. Chapter 4 Color Figures and Cartoons Problems I Chi Spreadsheets E. Chapters 5 Color Figures and Cartoons Problems I Chi Spreadsheets F. Chapter 6 Color Figure and Cartoon Problems I Chi Spreadsheet Technical Supplement 6A: How Much Isotope Should I Add? Technical Supplement 6B: Noisy Data and Data Analysis with Enriched Samples G. Chapter 7 Color Figures and Cartoons Problems I Chi Spreadsheets Technical Supplement 7A: A Chemist's View of Isotope Effects Technical Supplement 7B: Derivations of Closed System Isotope Equations H. Chapter 8 Color Figures and Cartoons Problems I. All Problems for Chapters 1-8 J. All Answers to Problems for Chapters 1-8 K. All Figures and Cartoons L. All I Chi Spreadsheets M. A Reading List
    Location: Reading room
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 65
    Call number: ZSP-160-104
    In: Baltic sea environment proceedings
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 62 S.
    Series Statement: Baltic sea environment proceedings 104
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 66
    Call number: ZSP-403-294
    In: Jare Data Reports
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 55 S. : überw. graph. Darst.
    Series Statement: JARE data reports 294 : Oceanography 29
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 67
    Call number: ZSP-403-288
    In: Jare Data Reports
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 59 S. : überw. graph. Darst.
    Series Statement: Jare Data Reports 288 : Upper Atmosphere Physics 23
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 68
    Call number: ZSP-403-287
    In: Jare Data Reports
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 59 S. : überw. graph. Darst.
    Series Statement: Jare Data Reports 287 : Upper Atmosphere Physics 22
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 69
    Call number: ZSP-405b-09-0002
    In: JAXA Special Publication
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 145 S. : Ill., graph. Darst.
    Series Statement: JAXA Special Publication SP-05-021E
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 70
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Helsinki : Helcom
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-160-107
    In: Baltic sea environment proceedings
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 57 S.
    Series Statement: Baltic sea environment proceedings 107
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 71
    Call number: ZSP-760/A-12
    In: Terra Antartica reports
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: VIII, 212 S. : graph. Darst., Ill.
    ISBN: 9788888395043
    Series Statement: Terra Antartica reports 12
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 72
    Call number: ZSP-405b-07-0033
    In: JAXA Special Publication
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 32 S.
    Series Statement: JAXA Special Publication SP-05-036E
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 73
    Call number: AWI G3-16-90175
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: XIV, 162 S , Ill., graph. Darst , 25 cm
    ISBN: 3832250085 (kart.) , 9783832250089
    Series Statement: Berichte aus der Geowissenschaft
    Language: English
    Note: Zugl.: Helsinki, Univ., Diss., 2006
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 74
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    New York, NY [u.a.] : Elsevier
    Call number: AWI G2-17-90655
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: S. 123-477 , Ill., graph. Darst., Kt
    ISSN: 0079-6611
    Series Statement: Progress in oceanography Vol. 71, No. 2-4
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: Structure and function of contemporary food webs on Arctic shelves: an introduction / P. Wassmann. - Past glacial and interglacial conditions in the Arctic Ocean and marginal seas - a review / D. A. Darby, L. Polyak and H. A. Bauch. - Climate variability and physical forcing of the food webs and the carbon budget on panarctic shelves / E. Carmack, D. Barber, J. Christensen, R. Macdonald, B. Rudels and E. Sakshaug. - Physical and biological characteristics of the pelagic system across Fram Strait to Kongsfjorden / H. Hop, S. Falk-Petersen, H. Svendsen, S. Kwasniewski, V. Pavlov, O. Pavlova and J. E. Søreide. - Food webs and carbon flux in the Barents Sea / P. Wassmann, M. Reigstad, T. Haug, B. Rudels, M. L. Carroll, H. Hop, G. W. Gabrielsen, S. Falk-Petersen, S. G. Denisenko, E. Arashkevich, D. Slagstad and O. Pavlova.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 75
    Call number: AWI NBM-17-90885
    Description / Table of Contents: While researching for another film, filmmakers Tom Radford and Peter Raymont came across the story of Nugliak, an Inuvialuit man born just before the end of the 19th century who observed and wrote of the changes that occurred in the north during his lifetime on Herschel Island. Radford's film loosely follows the book, touching on much the same subjects, but using Nugliak's descendents as a link to the present.
    Description / Table of Contents: It is easy to overlook Herschel Island - a tiny speck of land just off the Yukon coast - where the Inuvialuit hunter Nuligak once followed the great journeys of caribou, polar bears, and whales. The island lays silently on the margins of geography, entrapped in the footnotes of history, a forgotten place frozen in time. And yet just over a century ago Herschel Island was a frontier boomtown, branded "the Sodom of the Arctic" by some visitors at the time. A place cohabited by whalers, Inuit, missionaries, and police; a place of contact and conflict; a place where worlds collided and lives were changed forever. It was on Herschel Island that a young Inucialuit boy, Nuligak (later named Bob Cockney by the missionaries) came of age - fascinated by Herschel, but equally repelled by the excess of so-called civilization. Through Nuligak's touching yet tragic life-story expressed through his writings and echoed by his grandchildren's poignant return to the Island - we are offered a unique view into an often troubling past and a potentially hopeful future.
    Type of Medium: Non-book medium
    Pages: 1 videodisc , round, color and black and white ; 4 3/4 in , 116 min. (70 min. + 46 min.)
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 76
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    München : Elsevier, Spektrum Akad. Verl.
    Call number: AWI Bio-18-91524
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XVIII, 700 S. , Ill., zahlr. graph. Darst. , 270 mm x 196 mm
    Edition: 6. Aufl.
    ISBN: 3827415616 (Gb.) , 9783827415615 (Gb.)
    Language: German
    Note: Inhaltsverzeichnis: Vorwort. - 1 Theoretische Grundlagen und Zielsetzung der Physiologie. - 1.1 Das Selbstverständnis der Physiologie. - 1.2 Gesetzesaussagen in der Biologie. - 1.3 Systemtheorie. - 1.4 Prinzipien wissenschaftlichen Arbeitens. - 1.5 Das Kausalitätsprinzip in der Physiologie. - 1.6 Das Problem der Komplexität. - 1.7 Formulierung von Sätzen. - 1.8 Merkmale und Variabilität. - 1.9 Maßsystem und Bezugsgrößen. - 1.10 Darstellung von Daten. - 2 Die Zelle als morphologisches System. - 2.1 Die meristematische Pflanzenzelle. - 2.1.1 Strukturelle Gliederung. - 2.1.2 Endoplasmatisches Reticulum. - 2.1.3 Zellkern (Nucleus). - 2.1.4 Golgi-Apparat. - 2.1.5 Peroxisomen. - 2.1.6 Mitochondrien und Piastiden. - 2.1.7 Cytoskelett. - 2.1.8 Zellwand. - 2.2 Zellteilung. - 2.2.1 Cytokinese und Karyokinese. - 2.2.2 Regulation des Zellcyclus. - 2.2.3 Determination der Teilungsebene. - 2.3 Zelldifferenzierung. - 2.4 Zeil- und Organpolarität. - 2.5 Die Evolution der Pflanzenzelle. - 2.6 Vom einzelligen zum vielzelligen Organismus. - 3 Die Zelle als energetisches System. - 3.1 Der 1. Hauptsatz der Thermodynamik. - 3.2 Der 2. Hauptsatz der Thermodynamik. - 3.3 Die Zelle als offenes System, Fließgleichgewicht. - 3.4 Chemisches Potenzial. - 3.5 Chemisches Potenzial von Wasser. - 3.6 Anwendung des Wasserpotenzialkonzepts auf den Wasserzustand der Zelle. - 3.6.1 Die Zelle als osmotisches System. - 3.6.2 Das Osmometermodell. - 3.6.3 Die Zelle als Osmometeranalogon. - 3.6.4 Das Matrixpotenzial. - 3.6.5 Nomenklatorische Schwierigkeiten. - 3.6.6 Das osmotische Zustandsdiagramm der Zelle (Höfler-Diagramm). - 3.6.7 Die experimentelle Messung von π und ψ. - 3.6.8 Regulation des Wasserzustandes. - 3.7 Chemisches Potenzial von Ionen. - 3.8 Membranpotenzial. - 3.9 Energetik biochemischer Reaktionen. - 3.10 Phosphatübertragung und Phosphorylierungspotenzial. - 3.11 Redoxsysteme und Redoxpotenzial. - 4 Die Zelle als metabolisches System. - 4.1 Biologische Katalyse. - 4.1.1 Aktivierungsenergie. - 4.1.2 Enzymatische Katalyse. - 4.1.3 Enzymkinetik. - 4.1.4 Messung der Enzymaktivität. - 4.1.5 Modulation der Enzymaktivität. - 4.2 Metabolische Kompartimentierung der Zelle. - 4.3 Transportmechanismen an Biomembranen. - 4.3.1 Diffusion und Permeation. - 4.3.2 Spezifität des Membrantransports, Transportkatalyse. - 4.3.3 Transporter, Ionenpumpen und Ionenkanäle. - 4.3.4 Aquaporine. - 4.3.5 Passiver und aktiver Transport. - 4.3.6 Shuttle-Transport. - 4.4 ATP-Synthese an energietransformierenden Biomembranen. - 4.5 Stoffaufnahme in die Zelle. - 4.5.1 Ionenaufnahme. - 4.5.2 Aufnahme von Anelektrolyten. - 4.5.3 Akkumulation von Metaboliten und anorganischen Ionen in der Vacuole. - 4.6 Prinzipien der metabolischen Regulation. - 4.6.1 Ebenen der Regulation. - 4.6.2 Regulation des Enzymgehalts. - 4.6.3 Regulation des Aktivitätszustands bei konstantem Enzymgehalt. - 4.6.4 Intrazelluläre und interzelluläre Signaltransduktion. - 4.6.5 Die Integration der Regulationsmechanismen zum Kontrollsystem. - 5 Die Zelle als wachstumsfähiges System. - 5.1 Biophysikalische Grundlagen des Zellwachstums. - 5.1.1 Hydraulisches Zellwachstum. - 5.1.2 Messung der physikalischen Wachstumsparameter. - 5.2 Wachstum und Zeliwandveränderungen. - 5.2.1 Die strukturelle Dynamik der Primärwand. - 5.2.2 Diffuses Wachstum der Zellwand. - 5.2.3 Lokales Wachstum der Zellwand. - 5.3 Integration des Zellwachstums in vielzelligen Systemen. - 5.3.1 Die Epidermiswand als zellübergreifende Organwand. - 5.3.2 Streckungs-und Kontraktionswachstum bei Wurzeln. - 5.4 Zur Beziehung zwischen Zellwachstum und Zellteilung. - 5.5 Regulation des Streckungswachstums. - 6 Die Zelle als gengesteuertes System. - 6.1 Das Gen - die Einheit der genetischen Information. - 6.2 Die Organisation des Genoms. - 6.2.1 Die drei Genome der Pflanzenzelle. - 6.2.2 Genomstruktur im Zellkern. - 6.2.3 Das plastidäre Genom. - 6.2.4 Das mitochondriale Genom. - 6.3 Die Transkriptionspromotoren, RNA-Polymerasen und RNA-Reifung. - 6.3.1 Transkription nucleärer Gene. - 6.3.2 Transkription plastidärer Gene. - 6.3.3 Transkription mitochondrialer Gene. - 6.3.4 KNA-editing. - 6.4 Proteinsynthese (Translation) und Protein-turnover. - 6.4.1 Translation und Protein-turnover im Cytoplasma. - 6.4.2 Translation und Protein-turnover in Piastiden. - 6.4.3 Translation und Protein-turnover in Mitochondrien. - 6.5 Die Zelle als regulatorisches Netzwerk der Genexpression. - 6.5.1 Regulation nucleärer Gene. - 6.5.2 Regulation plastidärer Gene. - 6.5.3 Regulation mitochondrialer Gene. - 6.5.4 Evolutionäre Adaption von Regulationsstrukturen. - 7 Intrazelluläre Proteinverteilung und Entwicklung der Organellen. - 7.1 Proteinsortierung in der Pflanzenzelle. - 7.1.1 Prinzipien der Proteinsortierung. - 7.1.2 Proteinexport aus der Zelle und Import in die Vacuole. - 7.1.3 Proteintransport in die Mitochondrien. - 7.1.4 Proteintransport in die Piastiden. - 7.1.5 Isosorting - das gleiche Protein für Cytoplasma, Mitochondrien und Piastiden. - 7.1.6 Evolution der Proteintransportsysteme in Mitochondrien und Piastiden. - 7.1.7 Proteintransport in die Peroxisomen. - 7.1.8 Proteintransport in den Zellkern. - 7.2 Entwicklung der Mitochondrien. - 7.3 Entwicklung der Piastiden. - 7.4 Entwicklung der Peroxisomen. - 8 Photosynthese als Funktion des Chloroplasten. - 8.1 Photosynthese als Energiewandlung. - 8.2 Energiewandlung im Chloroplasten. - 8.2.1 Struktur der Chloroplasten. - 8.2.2 Struktur der Thylakoide. - 8.2.3 Photosynthesepigmente. - 8.2.4 Quantenmechanische Grundlagen der Lichtabsorption. - 8.2.5 Funktion der Pigmente. - 8.2.6 Energietransfer in den Pigmentkollektiven. - 8.2.7 Bildung von chemischem Potenzial. - 8.2.8 Funktionelle Verknüpfung der beiden Photosysteme. - 8.3 Die Pigmentsysteme der Rot- und Blaualgen. - 8.4 Photosynthetischer Elektronentransport. - 8.4.1 Offenkettiges System. - 8.4.2 Cyclisches System. - 8.5 Mechanismus der Photophosphorylierung. - 8.6 Der biochemische Bereich. - 8.6.1 Stoffwechselleistungen der Chloroplasten. - 8.6.2 Fixierung und Reduktion von CO2. - 8.6.3 Reduktion und Fixierung von Nitrat und Sulfat. - 8.6.4 Photosynthetische H2-Produktion. - 8.6.5 Photosynthetische N2-Fixierung. - 8.7 Regulation der photosynthetischen Teilprozesse. - 8.7.1 Regulation der Energieverteilung zwischen PSI und PSII. - 8.7.2 Regulation der ATP-Synthase-Aktivität. - 8.7.3 Regulation der CO2-Assimilation im Calvin-Cyclus. - 8.7.4 Koordination von C- und N-Assimilation. - 8.7.5 Fluoreszenzlöschung als Indikatorreaktion für die Effektivität der Photosynthese. - 8.8 Ein kurzer Blick auf die anoxygene Photosynthese der phototrophen Bakterien. - 9 Dissimilation. - 9.1 Energiegewinnung bei der Dissimilation. - 9.2 Dissimilation der Kohlenhydrate. - 9.2.1 Freisetzung chemischer Energie. - 9.2.2 Glycolyse. - 9.2.3 Fermentation (alkoholische Gärung und Milchsäuregärung). - 9.2.4 Citratcyclus und Atmungskette. - 9.2.5 Cyanidresistente Atmung. - 9.2.6 Oxidative Phosphorylierung. - 9.2.7 Elektronentransport an der Plasmamembran. - 9.2.8 Oxidativer (dissimilatorischer) Pentosephosphatcyclus. - 9.3 Photorespiration. - 9.3.1 Lichtatmung und Dunkelatmung. - 9.3.2 Photosynthese von Glycolat. - 9.3.3 Metabolisierung des photosynthetischen Glycolats im C2-Cyclus. - 9.3.4 Glycolatstoffwechsel bei Grün- und Blaualgen. - 9.4 Mobilisierung von Speicherstoffen in Speichergeweben. - 9.4.1 Natur und Lokalisierung der Speicherstoffe. - 9.4.2 Umwandlung von Fett in Kohlenhydrat. - 9.4.3 Metabolismus von Speicherpolysacchariden. - 9.4.4 Metabolismus von Speicherproteinen. - 9.5 Regulation des dissimilatorischen Gaswechsels. - 9.5.1 Atmung: CO2-Abgabe und O2-Aufnahme. - 9.5.2 Der Respiratorische Quotient. - 9.5.3 Regulation des Kohlenhydratabbaus durch Sauerstoff. - 9.5.4 Induktion der Fermentation durch Enzy
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 77
    Call number: AWI G2-18-91973
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 49 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Language: English
    Note: Table of Contents: Introduction. - Contact information. - List of participants. - Guidelines for presenters. - Registration. - Workshop program. - Hotel and workshop venues. - Travel information. - Abstracts. - Public lecture.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 78
    Call number: AWI P1-19-92255
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 19 Seiten , zahlreiche Illustrationen
    Language: German
    Note: Inhalt: Vorwort. - Die Polarregionen. - Das Polareis. - Eischilde, Meereis, Fluss- und Seeeis, Permafrost. - Die globale Erwärmung. - Die polaren Regionen erwärmen sich schneller. - Die Polarregionen: Gebiete höchster Empfindlichkeit mit weltweiter Wirkung. - Die indigenen Völker im Norden, Vegetation, Fauna, das Meereis als Lebensraum, Verringerung des stratosphärischen Ozons: "Das Ozonloch". - Die Meeresströmungen und Bildung des Tiefenwassers. - Wirtschaftliche Nutzung und ihre Risiken. - Öl- und Gasförderung, Gashydrate, Tourismus, Fischerei, Taiga. - Andere Gefährdungen und Schutz der Polarregionen. - Schadstoffe, radioaktive Altlasten, Walfang, die Arktis: Region des Umweltschutzes. - Schlussbetrachtung.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 79
    Call number: AWI G1-23-95188
    Description / Table of Contents: This book provides a sound introduction to the basic physical processes that dominate the workings of the Earth, its atmosphere and hydrosphere. It systematically introduces the physical processes involved in the Earth's systems without assuming an advanced physics or mathematical background.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XI, 321 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Edition: First published
    ISBN: 1405101733 , 1-4051-0173-3 , 9781405101738
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Preface Acknowledgments Chapter 1 Planet Earth and Earth systems 1.1 Comparative planetology 1.2 Unique Earth 1.3 Earth systems snapshots 1.4 Measuring Earth 1.5 Whole Earth 1.6 Subtle, interactive Earth Further reading Chapter 2 Matters of state and motion 2.1 Matters of state 2.2 Thermal matters 2.3 Quantity of matter 2.4 Motion matters: kinematics 2.5 Continuity: mass conservation of fluids Further reading Chapter 3 Forces and dynamics 3.1 Quantity of motion: momentum 3.2 Acceleration 3.3 Force, work, energy, and power 3.4 Thermal energy and mechanical work 3.5 Hydrostatic pressure 3.6 Buoyancy force 3.7 Inward acceleration 3.8 Rotation, vorticity, and Coriolis force 3.9 Viscosity 3.10 Viscous force 3.11 Turbulent force 3.12 Overall forces of fluid motion 3.13 Solid stress 3.14 Solid strain 3.15 Rheology Further reading Chapter 4 Flow, deformation, and transport 4.1 The origin of large-scale fluid flow 4.2 Fluid flow types 4.3 Fluid boundary layers 4.4 Laminar flow 4.5 Turbulent flow 4.6 Stratified flow 4.7 Particle settling 4.8 Particle transport by flows 4.9 Waves and liquids 4.10 Transport by waves 4.11 Granular gravity flow 4.12 Turbidity flows 4.13 Flow through porous and granular solids 4.14 Fractures 4.15 Faults 4.16 Solid bending, buckling, and folds 4.17 Seismic waves 4.18 Molecules in motion: kinetic theory, heat conduction, and diffusion 4.19 Heat transport by radiation 4.20 Heat transport by convection Further reading Chapter 5 Inner Earth processes and systems 5.1 Melting, magmas, and volcanoes 5.2 Plate tectonics Further reading Chapter 6 Outer Earth processes and systems 6.1 Atmosphere 6.2 Atmosphere-ocean interface 6.3 Atmosphere-land interface 6.4 Deep ocean 6.5 Shallow ocean 6.6 Ocean-land interface: coasts 6.7 Land surface Further reading Appendix Brief mathematical refresher or study guide Cookies Index
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 80
    Call number: AWI Bio-24-95729
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XIV, 354 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 0195154312 , 9780195154313 , 978-0-19-515431-3
    Series Statement: Long-Term Ecological Research Network Series
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Contributors Part I. Alaska's Past and Present Environment 1. The Conceptual Basis of LTER Studies in the Alaskan Boreal Forest / F. Stuart Chapin III, john Yarie, Keith Van Cleve, and Leslie A. Viereck 2. Regional Overview of Interior Alaska / James E. Beget, David Stone, and David L Verbyla 3. State Factor Control of Soil Formation in Interior Alaska / Chien-Lu Ping, Richard D. Boone, Marcus H. Clark, Edmond C. Packee, and David K. Swanson 4. Climate and Permafrost Dynamics of the Alaskan Boreal Forest / Larry D. Hinzman, Leslie A. Viereck, Phyllis C. Adams, Vladimir E. Romanovsky, and Kenji Yoshikawa 5. Holocene Development of the Alaskan Boreal Forest / Andrea H. Lloyd, Mary E. Edwards, Bruce P. Finney, Jason A. Lynch, Valerie Barber, and Nancy H. Bigelow Part II. Forest Dynamics 6. Floristic Diversity and Vegetation Distribution in the Alaskan Boreal Forest / F. Stuart Chapin III, Teresa Hollingsworth, David F. Murray, Leslie A. Viereck, and Marilyn D. Walker 7. Successional Processes in the Alaskan Boreal Forest / F. Stuart Chapin III, Leslie A. Viereck, Phyllis C. Adams, Keith Van Cleve, Christopher L. Fastie, Robert A. Ott, Daniel Mann, and Jill F. Johnstone 8. Mammalian Herbivore Population Dynamics in the Alaskan Boreal Forest / Eric Rexstad and Knut Kielland 9. Dynamics of Phytophagous Insects and Their Pathogens in Alaskan Boreal Forests / Richard A. Werner, Kenneth F. Raffa, and Barbara L. Illman 10. Running Waters of the Alaskan Boreal Forest / Mark W. Oswood, Nicholas F. Hughes, and Alexander M. Milner Part III. Ecosystem Dynamics 11. Controls over Forest Production in Interior Alaska / John Yarie and Keith Van Cleve 12. The Role of Fine Roots in the Functioning of Alaskan Boreal Forests / Roger W. Ruess, Ronald L. Hendrick, Jason C. Vogel, and Bjartmar Sveinbjornsson 13. Mammalian Herbivory, Ecosystem Engineering, and Ecological Cascades in Alaskan Boreal Forests / Knut Kielland, John P. Bryant, and Roger W. Ruess 14. Microbial Processes in the Alaskan Boreal Forest / Joshua P. Schimel and F. Stuart Chapin III 15. Patterns of Biogeochemistry in Alaskan Boreal Forests / David W. Valentine, Knut Kielland, F. Stuart Chapin III, A. David McCuire, and Keith Van Cleve Part IV. Changing Regional Processes 16. Watershed Hydrology and Chemistry in the Alaskan Boreal Forest: The Central Role of Permafrost / Larry D. Hinzman, W. Robert Bolton, Kevin C. Petrone, Jeremy B. Jones, and Phyllis C. Adams 17. Fire Trends in the Alaskan Boreal Forest / Eric S. Kasischke, T. Scott Rupp, and David L. Verbyla 18. Timber Harvest in Interior Alaska / Tricia L. Wurtz, Robert A. Ott, and John C. Maisch 19. Climate Feedbacks in the Alaskan Boreal Forest / A. David McCuire and F. Stuart Chapin III 20. Communication of Alaskan Boreal Science with Broader Communities / Elena B. Sparrow, Janice C. Dawe, and F. Stuart Chapin III 21. Summary and Synthesis: Past and Future Changes in the Alaskan Boreal Forest / F. Stuart Chapin III, A. David McCuire, Roger W. Ruess, Marilyn W. Walker, Richard D. Boone, Mary E. Edwards, Bruce P. Finney, Larry D. Hinzman, Jeremy B. Jones, Clenn P. Juday, Eric S. Kasischke, Knut Kielland, Andrea H. Lloyd, Mark W. Oswood, Chien-Lu Ping, Eric Rexstad, Vladimir E. Romanovsky, Joshua P. Schimel, Elena B. Sparrow, Bjartmar Sveinbjornsson, David W. Valentine, Keith Van Cleve, David L. Verbyla, Leslie A. Viereck, Richard A. Werner, Tricia L. Wurtz, and John Yarie Index
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 81
    Call number: ZSP-994
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 21 x 21 cm
    ISSN: 1618-3703
    Former Title: Vorgänger: Zweijahresbericht / Stiftung Alfred-Wegener-Institut für Polar- und Meeresforschung
    Subsequent Title: Fortsetzung Zweijahresbericht ... / AWI, Alfred-Wegener-Institut für Polar- und Meeresforschung in der Helmholtz-Gemeinschaft
    Language: German , English
    Note: Erscheint alle 2 Jahre , Text in deutscher und englischer Sprache
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 82
    Non-book medium
    Non-book medium
    [Herstellungsort nicht ermittelbar] : AMBERNET Ltd.
    Call number: AWI NBM-19-92576
    Type of Medium: Non-book medium
    Pages: 1 CD-ROM (circa 25 min) , farbig , 002500 , 12 cm
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 83
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Amsterdam : Academic Press
    Call number: AWI Bio-21-94358
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XV, 542 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Edition: second Edition
    ISBN: 0124555217 , 9780124555211
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS Preface Acknowledgments 1 Toward an Ecological Geography of the Sea The Progressive Exploration of Oceanic and Shelf Ecosystems The Availability of Timely Global Oceanographic Data from Satellites Internal Dynamics of Satellite-Observed Algal Blooms Our New Understanding of the Role of Very Small Organisms 2 Biogeographic Partition of the Ocean Taxonomic Diversity: The Shifting Baseline of Biogeography The Useful Results from 150 Years of Marine Biogeography Biogeographic Regions of the Pelagos Geographic Component of Benthic-Pelagic Coupling From Pristine to Modified Ecosystems 3 Fronts and Pycnoclines: Ecological Discontinuities Fronts and Frontal Systems Oceanic Fronts and Eddy Streets Shelf-Edge and Upwelling Fronts Tidal Fronts and River Plumes of the Shelf Seas The Ubiquitous "Horizontal Front" at the Shallow Pycnocline 4 Physical Control of Ecological Processes Ecological Consequences of Mesoscale Eddies and Planetary Waves Stratification and Irradiance: The Consequences of Latitude Regional and Latitudinal Resistance to Mixing in the Open Oceans Rule-Based Models of Ecological Response to External Forcing Case 1—Polar Irradiance-Mediated Production Peak Case 2—Nutrient-Limited Spring Production Peak Case 3—Winter-Spring Production with Nutrient Limitation Case 4—Small-Amplitude Response to Trade Wind Seasonality Case 5—Large-Amplitude Response to Monsoon-like Reversal of Trade Winds Case 6—Intermittent Production at Coastal Divergences Coastal Asymmetry, Geomorphology, and Tidal Forcing 5 Nutrient Limitation: The Example of Iron Nutrient Distribution and the Consequences of Differing Supply Ratios Regional Anomalies in Nutrient Limitation Models of Regional Nutrient Flux and Limitation 6 Biomes: The Primary Partition The Four Primary Biomes of the Upper Ocean Polar Biome Westerlies Biome Trades Biome Coastal Biome 7 Provinces: The Secondary Compartments Ecological Provinces in the Open Ocean Ways of Testing Static Province Boundaries in the Open Ocean A Statistical Test Analytical Tests Biogeographic Tests Practicable and Useful Partitions in Coastal Seas 8 Longer Term Responses: From Seasons to Centuries Scales of External Forcing Recurrent, ENSO-Scale Changes of State Multidecadal Trends and Changes Conclusion: Stable Partitions in a Varying Ocean? 9 The Atlantic Ocean Atlantic Polar Biome Boreal Polar Province (BPLR) Atlantic Arctic Province (ARCT) Atlantic Subarctic Province (SARC) Atlantic Westerly Winds Biome North Atlantic Drift Province (NADR) Gulf Stream Province (GFST) North Atlantic Subtropical Gyral Province (NAST-E, NAST-W) Mediterranean Sea, Black Sea Province (MEDI) Atlantic Trade Wind Biome North Atlantic Tropical Gyral Province (NATR) Caribbean Province (CARB) Western Tropical Atlantic Province (WTRA) Eastern Tropical Atlantic Province (ETRA) South Atlantic Gyral Province (SATL) Atlantic Coastal Biome Northeast Atlantic Shelves Province (NECS) Canary Current Coastal Province (CNRY) Guinea Current Coastal Province (GUIN) Benguela Current Coastal Province (BENG) Northwest Atlantic Shelves Province (NWCS) Guianas Coastal Province (GUIA) Brazil Current Coastal Province (BRAZ) Southwest Atlantic Shelves Province (FKLD) 10 The Indian Ocean Indian Ocean Trade Wind Biome Indian Monsoon Gyres Province (MONS) Indian South Subtropical Gyre Province (ISSG) Indian Ocean Coastal Biome Red Sea, Arabian Gulf Province (REDS) Northwest Arabian Sea Upwelling Province (ARAB) Western India Coastal Province (INDW) Eastern India Coastal Province (INDE) Eastern Africa Coastal Province (EAFR) Australia-Indonesia Coastal Province (AUSW) 11 The Pacific Ocean Pacific Polar Biome North Pacific Epicontinental Sea Province (BERS) Pacific Westerly Winds Biome Pacific Subarctic Gyres Province, East and West (PSAG) Kuroshio Current Province (KURO) North Pacific Subtropical and Polar Front Provinces (NPST and NPPF) Tasman Sea Province (TASM) Pacific Trade Winds Biome North Pacific Tropical Gyre Province (NPTG) North Pacific Equatorial Countercurrent Province (PNEC) Pacific Equatorial Divergence Province (PEQD) Western Pacific Warm Pool Province (WARM) Archipelagic Deep Basins Province (ARCH) South Pacific Subtropical Gyre Province, North and South (SPSG) Pacific Coastal Biome Alaska Coastal Downwelling Province (ALSK) California Current Province (CALC) Central American Coastal Province (CAMR) Humboldt Current Coastal Province (HUMB) China Sea Coastal Province (CHIN) Sunda-Arafura Shelves Province (SUND) East Australian Coastal Province (AUSE) New Zealand Coastal Province (NEWZ) 12 The Southern Ocean Antarctic Westerly Winds Biome South Subtropical Convergence Province (SSTC) Subantarctic Water Ring Province (SANT) Antarctic Polar Biome Antarctic Province (ANTA) Austral Polar Province (APLR) References Index
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 84
    Call number: AWI G3-22-94800
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: ix, 85 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Universität Potsdam, 2006
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 85
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Boca Raton : Taylor & Francis
    Call number: AWI G8-22-95025
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 575 Seiten , Illustrationen , 1 CD-ROM
    Edition: Second edition
    ISBN: 0-4152-6340-9
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Chapter 1 Introduction 1.1 Goals of this Book 1.2 Current Status of Resources 1.2.1 Ozone Hole 1.2.2 Water-Borne Soil Erosion 1.2.3 Loss of Biodiversity 1.3 Impact of Resource Degradation 1.4 Nature of Resource ;Degradation 1.5 Nature of Resource Management 1.5.1 Strategic Management 1.5.2 Process or Regional Management 1.5.3 Operational Management 1.5.4 Relationship between These Levels of Management 1.6 Nature of Regional Resource Management Information Systems 1.7 Geographic Information in Resource Management 1.8 Structure of this Book Reference Chapter2 Physical Principles of Remote Sensing 2.1 Introduction 2.2 Electromagnetic Radiation 2.2.1 Nature of Electromagnetic Radiation 2.2.2 Radiometric Terms and Definitions 2.2.3 Energy Radiated by the Sun and the Earth 2.2.4 Effects of the Atmosphere 2.2.5 Correction of Remotely Sensed Data for Attenuation through the Atmosphere 2.2.5 .1 Atmospheric Correction Using Field Data 2.2.5.2 Atmospheric Correction Using Numerical Atmospheric Models 2.2.6 Measurement of Radiance and Irradiance 2.2.6.1 Collecting Optics 2.2.6.2 Filter Unit 2.2.6.3 Detectors 2.2.6.4 Output Device 2.3 Interaction of Radiation with Matter 2.3.1 Nature of Reflectance 2.3.1.1 Reflectance within the Boundary Layer 2.3.2 Reflectance of Water Surfaces 2.3.3 Reflectance Characteristics of Soils 2.3.4 Reflectance of Vegetation 2.3.5 Reflectance Characteristics of Green Leaves 2.3.6 Reflectance Characteristics of Dead Leaves 2.3.7 Vegetative Canopy Reflectance 2.3.8 Bi-Directional Reflectance Distribution Function of Surfaces 2.4 Passive Sensing Systems 2.4.1 The Camera 2.4.1.1 Lens Cone 2.4.1.2 Magazine or Digital Back 2.4.1.3 Camera Body 2.4.1.4 Suspension Mount 2.4.1.5 Light Sensitive Cell Arrays 2.4.1.6 Measurement of Resolution in Image Data 2.4.2 Acquisition of Aerial Photography with a Framing Camera 2.4.2.1 Effects of Height Differences on an Aerial Photograph 2.4.2.2 Types of Lens Cones 2.4.3 The Scanner 2.4.4 The Moving Mirror Scanner 2.4.4.1 Resolution of Scanner Data 2.4.4.2 Thermal Scanner Data 2.4.4.3 Sources of Error in Oscillating Mirror Scanner Imagery 2.4.5 Push broom Scanners 2.5 Active Sensing Systems 2.5 .1 Introduction 2.5.2 The Geometry of Radar Systems 2.5 .2.1 Resolution of Radar Data 2.5.2.2 Effect of Height Displacements 2.5.3 The Attenuation and Scattering of Radar in the Atmosphere 2.5 .4 The Information Content of Radar Imagery 2.5.4.1 Surface Roughness and Slope 2.5.4.2 Inhomogeneity 2.5.4.3 Dielectric Properties 2.5.4.4 Resonance-Sized Objects 2.5.4.5 Wavelength 2.5.4.6 Polarisation 2.5.5 Radar Interferometry 2.5.6 Summary 2.6 Hyperspectral Image Data 2.6.1 Definition 2.6.2 Applications of Hyperspectral Image Data 2.7 Hypertemporal Image Data 2.7.1 Introduction 2.8 Platforms 2.8.1 Terrestrial Platforms 2.8.2 Balloon 2.8.3 Helicopter or Boat 2.8.4 Manned and Unmanned Aircraft 2.8.4.1 Hot Spots 2.8.5 Planning an Aerial Sortie 2.8.6 Satellite Platform 2.9 Satellite Sensor Systems Additional Reading References Chapter 3 Visual Interpretation and Map Reading 3.1 Overview 3.1.1 Remotely Sensed Data and Visual Interpretation 3.1.2 Effects of Height Differences on Remotely Sensed Images 3.2 Stereoscopy 3.2.1 Introduction 3.2.2 Monocular Vision 3.2.3 Binocular Vision 3.2.4 Binocular Perception of Colour 3.2.5 General Principles of Stereoscopic Vision 3.2.6 Methods of Stereoscopic Viewing 3.2.7 Physical Methods of Separation Using Stereoscopes 3.2.8 Viewing with a Stereoscope 3.2.9 Optical Methods of Separation 3.2.9.1 Coloured Anaglyph 3.2.9.2 Polarising Filters 3.2.10 Construction of a Stereo-Triplet 3.3 Measuring Height Differences in a Stereoscopic Pair of Photographs 3.3.1 Principle of the Floating Mark 3.3.2 Parallax Bar 3.3.3 Vertical Exaggeration 3.3.4 Displacements due to Height Differences man Aenal Photograph 3.3.5 Derivation of the Parallax Bar Formulae 3.3.6 Characteristics of the Parallax Bar Equation 3.4 Planimetric Measurements on Aerial Photographs 3.4.1 Introduction 3.4.2 Determination of Scale 3.4.3 Measurement of Distances 3.4.3.1 Graduated Rule or Scale 3.4.3.2 Paper Strip 3.4.3.3 Length of String 3.4.3.4 Odometer 3.4.4 Measurement of Areas 3.4.4.1 Dot Grid 3.4.4.2 Digitiser 3.4.5 Transfer of Planimetric Detail by the Use of the Anharmoruc Ratio 3.4.5.1 Paper Strip Method 3.4.5.2 Projective Nets 3.4.6 Proportional Dividers 3.5 Perception of Colour 3.6 Principles of Photographic Interpretation 3.6.1 Introduction 3.6.2 Levels of Interpretation 3.6.2.1 Image Reading 3.6.2.2 Image Analysis 3.6.2.3 Image Interpretation 3.6.3 Principles of Object Recognition 3.6.3.1 Size 3.6.3.2 Shape 3.6.3.3 Shadow 3.6.3.4 Colour or Tone 3.6.3 .5 Pattern and Texture 3.6.4 Interpretation Strategies 3.6.4.1 Location and Association 3.6.4.2 Temporal Change 3.6.4.3 Convergence of Evidence 3.6.5 Interpretation Procedure 3.7 Visual Interpretation of lmages 3.7.1 Visual Interpretation of Thermal Image Data 3.7.2 Visual Interpretation of Radar Image Data 3.8 Maps and Map Reading 3.8.1 Map Projections 3.8.1.1 Definition of the Mathematical Shape of the Portion of the Earth 3.8.1.2 Specify How the Curved Surface of the Earth is to be Unfolded onto a Flat Sheet 3.8.2 Mapping Systems and Map Types 3.8.3 Map Co-ordinates and Bearings 3.8.4 Establishing One's Location on a Map 3.8.5 Map Reading on a Topographic.Map 3.8.6 Terrain Classification Further Reading References Chapter4 Image Processing 4.1 Overview 4.1.1 Pre-Processing 4.1.2 Enhancement 4.1.3 Classification 4.1.4 Estimation 4.1.5 Temporal Analysis 4.2 Statistical Considerations 4.2.1 Probability Density Functions 4.2.1.1 Binomial Distribution 4.2.1.2 Normal Distribution 4.2.2 Correlation 4.2.3 Statistical Characteristics of Satellite Scanner Data 4.2.4 Measures of Distance 4.2.5 Shannon's Sampling Theorem 4.2.6 Autocorrelation and Variograms 4.2.7 Frequency Domain 4.2.7.1 Scaling 4.2.7.2 Shifting 4.2.7.3 Convolution 4.2.8 Least Squares Method of Fitting 4.3 Pre-Processing of Image Data 4.3.1 Introduction 4.3.2 Rectification 4.3.2.1 Theoretical Basis for Rectification 4.3.2.2 Correction for Systematic Errors 4.3.2.3 Fitting Image Data to Ground Control 4.3.2.4 Resampling the Image Data 4.3.2.5 Windowing and Mosaicing 4.3.2.6 Rectification in Practice 4.3 .3 Radiometric Calibration 4.3.4 Atmospheric Correction 4.3.4.1 Use of a Linear Model for Atmospheric Correction 4.3.4.2 Atmospheric Correction Using Atmospheric Models 4.4 The Enhancement of Image Data 4.4.1 Radiometric Enhancement 4.4.1.1 Display of an Image 4.4.1.2 Pseudo-Colour Density Slice 4.4.1.3 Linear Enhancement 4.4.1.4 Non-Linear Enhancements 4.4.1.5 Piecewise Linear Stretch 4.4.1.6 Histogram Equalisation 4.4.2 Spectral Enhancements 4.4.2.1 Ratioing 4.4.2.2 Orthogonal Transformations 4.4.2.3 Vegetation Indices 4.4.2.4 Fourier Transformation 4.4.3 Spatial Transformations of Image Data 4.4.3.1 Measurement of Texture 4.4.3.2 Edge Detection 4.4.3.3 Removal of Regular Noise in Image Data 4.4.3.4 Analysis of Spatial Correlation: The Variogram 4.4.3.5 Image Segmentation 4.4.3 .6 Object Patterns and Object Sizes: The ALV Function 4.4.4 Temporal Enhancements 4.4.4.1 Temporal Enhancement 4.4.4.2 Principal Components 4.4.4.3 Temporal Distance Images 4.4.4.4 Fourier Analysis of Hypertemporal Data 4.5 Analysis of Mixtures or End Member Analysis 4.5.1 Linear End Member Model 4.5.2 Characteristics of the Linear End Member Model 4.5.3 Identification of End Members 4.5.4 Implementation of the Linear End Member Algorithm 4.6 Image Classification 4.6.1 Principles of Classification 4.6.2 Discriminant Function Classifiers 4.6.2.1 Development of the Maximum Likelihood Classifier 4.6.2.2 Summary 4.6.2.3 Characteristics of the Discriminant Function Family of Classifiers 4.6.2.4 Implementation of the Maximum Likelihood Classifier 4.6.3 Fuzzy Classifiers 4.6.4 Neural Network Classifiers 4.6.5 Hierarchical Classifiers 4.6.6 Classification Strategies 4.6.6.1 Types of Classes 4.6.6.2 Selecting Classes and Classifiers 4.6.6.3 Im
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 86
    Call number: AWI A3-18-91446
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XV, 554 S. , Ill., graph. Darst., Kt. , 24 cm
    Edition: 12., überarb. Aufl. neu bearb. von Frank-Michael Chmielewski ...
    ISBN: 3835100963 , 9783835100961
    Language: German
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 87
    Call number: AWI A12-13-0137
    Description / Table of Contents: The second edition of this internationally acclaimed text presents the latest developments in atmospheric science. It continues to be the premier text for both a rigorous and a complete treatment of the chemistry of the atmosphere, covering such pivotal topics as: chemistry of the stratosphere and troposphere; formation, growth, dynamics, and properties of aerosols; meteorology of air pollution; transport, diffusion, and removal of species in the atmosphere; formation and chemistry of clouds; interaction of atmospheric chemistry and climate; radiative and climatic effects of gases and particles; formulation of mathematical chemical/transport models of the atmosphere. All chapters develop results based on fundamental principles, enabling the reader to build a solid understanding of the science underlying atmospheric processes. Among the new material are three new chapters: Atmospheric radiation and photochemistry, gernal circulation of the atmosphere, and global cycles. In addition, the chapters Stratospheric chemistry, tropospheric chemistry, and organic atmospheric aerosols have been rewritten to reflect the latest findings. Readers familiar with the first edition will discover a text with new structures and new features that greatly aid learning. Many examples are set off in the text to help readers work through the application of concepts. Advanced material has been moved to appendices. Finally, many new problems, coded by degree of difficulty, have been added. A solutions manual is available. Throughly updated and restructured, the second edition of Atmospheric chemistry and physics is an ideal textbook for upper-level undergraduate and graduate students, as well as a reference for researchers in environmental engineering, meteorology, chemistry, and the atmospheric sciences.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xxviii, 1203 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Edition: Second edition
    ISBN: 9780471720188
    Series Statement: A Wiley-Interscience publication
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS: Preface to the Second Edition. - Preface to the First Edition. - 1 The Atmosphere. - 1.1 History and Evolution of the Earth's Atmosphere. - 1.2 Climate. - 1.3 The Layers of the Atmosphere. - 1.4 Pressure in the Atmosphere. - 1.4.1 Units of Pressure. - 1.4.2 Variation of Pressure with Height in the Atmosphere. - 1.5 Temperature in the Atmosphere. - 1.6 Expressing the Amount of a Substance in the Atmosphere. - 1.7 Spatial and Temporal Scales of Atmospheric Processes. - Problems. - References. - 2 Atmospheric Trace Constituents. - 2.1 Atmospheric Lifetime. - 2.2 Sulfur-Containing Compounds. - 2.2.1 Dimethyl Sulfide (CH3SCH3). - 2.2.2 Carbonyl Sulfide (OCS). - 2.2.3 Sulfur Dioxide (SO2). - 2.3 Nitrogen-Containing Compounds. - 2.3.1 Nitrous Oxide (N2O). - 2.3.2 Nitrogen Oxides (NO* = NO + NO2). - 2.3.3 Reactive Odd Nitrogen (NOy). - 2.3.4 Ammonia (NH3). - 2.4 Carbon-Containing Compounds. - 2.4.1 Classification of Hydrocarbons. - 2.4.2 Methane. - 2.4.3 Volatile Organic Compounds. - 2.4.4 Biogenic Hydrocarbons. - 2.4.5 Carbon Monoxide. - 2.4.6 Carbon Dioxide. - 2.5 Halogen-Containing Compounds. - 2.5.1 Methyl Chloride (CH3C1). - 2.5.2 Methyl Bromide (CH3Br). - 2.6 Atmospheric Ozone. - 2.7 Particulate Matter (Aerosols). - 2.7.1 Stratospheric Aerosol. - 2.7.2 Chemical Components of Tropospheric Aerosol. - 2.7.3 Cloud Condensation Nuclei (CCN). - 2.7.4 Sizes of Atmospheric Particles. - 2.7.5 Sources of Atmospheric Paniculate. - 2.7.6 Carbonaceous Particles. - 2.7.7 Mineral Dust. - 2.8 Emission Inventories. - 2.9 Biomass Burning. - Appendix 2.1 Air Pollution Legislation. - Appendix 2.2 Hazardous Air Pollutants (Air Toxics). - Problems. - References. - 3 Chemical Kinetics. - 3.1 Order of Reaction. - 3.2 Theories of Chemical Kinetics. - 3.2.1 Collision Theory. - 3.2.2 Transition State Theory. - 3.2.3 Potential Energy Surface for a Bimolecular Reaction. - 3.3 The Pseudo-Steady-State Approximation. - 3.4 Reactions of Excited Species. - 3.5 Termolecular Reactions. - 3.6 Chemical Families. - 3.7 Gas-Surface Reactions. - Appendix 3 Free Radicals. - Problems. - References. - 4 Atmospheric Radiation and Photochemistry. - 4.1 Radiation. - 4.1.1 Solar and Terrestrial Radiation. - 4.1.2 Energy Balance for Earth and Atmosphere. - 4.1.3 Solar Variability. - 4.2 Radiative Flux in the Atmosphere. - 4.3 Beer-Lambert Law and Optical Depth. - 4.4 Actinic Flux. - 4.5 Atmospheric Photochemistry. - 4.6 Absorption of Radiation by Atmospheric Gases. - 4.7 Absorption by O2 and O3 122. - 4.8 Photolysis Rate as a Function of Altitude. - 4.9 Photodissociation of O3 to Produce O and O(1D). - 4.10 Photodissociation of NO2. - Problems. - References. - 5 Chemistry of the Stratosphere. - 5.1 Overview of Stratospheric Chemistry. - 5.2 Chapman Mechanism. - 5.3 Nitrogen Oxide Cycles. - 5.3.1 Stratospheric Source of NO* from N2O. - 5.3.2 NO* Cycles. - 5.4 HO* Cycles. - 5.5 Halogen Cycles. - 5.5.1 Chlorine Cycles. - 5.5.2 Bromine Cycles. - 5.6 Reservoir Species and Coupling of the Cycles. - 5.7 Ozone Hole. - 5.7.1 Polar Stratospheric Clouds. - 5.7.2 PSCs and the Ozone Hole. - 5.7.3 Arctic Ozone Hole. - 5.8 Heterogeneous (Nonpolar) Stratospheric Chemistry. - 5.8.1 The Stratospheric Aerosol Layer. - 5.8.2 Heterogeneous Hydrolysis of N2O5. - 5.8.3 Effect of Volcanoes on Stratospheric Ozone. - 5.9 Summary of Stratospheric Ozone Depletion. - 5.10 Transport and Mixing in the Stratosphere. - 5.11 Ozone Depletion Potential. - Problems. - References. - 6 Chemistry of the Troposphere. - 6.1 Production of Hydroxyl Radicals in the Troposphere. - 6.2 Basic Photochemical Cycle of NO2, NO, and O3. - 6.3 Atmospheric Chemistry of Carbon Monoxide. - 6.3.1 Low NO* Limit. - 6.3.2 High NO* Limit. - 6.3.3 Ozone Production Efficiency. - 6.3.4 Theoretical Maximum Yield of Ozone from CO Oxidation. - 6.4 Atmospheric Chemistry of Methane. - 6.5 The NO* and NOy, Families. - 6.5.1 Daytime Behavior. - 6.5.2 Nighttime Behavior. - 6.6 Ozone Budget of the Troposphere and Role of NO*. - 6.6.1 Ozone Budget of the Troposphere. - 6.6.2 Role of NO*. - 6.7 Tropospheric Reservoir Molecules. - 6.7.1 H2O2, CH3OOH, and HONO. - 6.7.2 Peroxyacyl Nitrates (PANs). - 6.8 Relative Roles of VOC and NOx in Ozone Formation. - 6.8.1 Importance of the VOC/NOx Ratio. - 6.8.2 Ozone Isopleth Plot. - 6.9 Simplified Organic/NOx Chemistry. - 6.10 Chemistry of Nonmethane Organic Compounds in the Troposphere. - 6.10.1 Alkanes. - 6.10.2 Alkenes. - 6.10.3 Aromatics. - 6.10.4 Aldehydes. - 6.10.5 Ketones. - 6.10.6 α, β-Unsaturated Carbonyls. - 6.10.7 Ethers. - 6.10.8 Alcohols. - 6.11 Atmospheric Chemistry of Biogenic Hydrocarbons. - 6.12 Atmospheric Chemistry of Reduced Nitrogen Compounds. - 6.12.1 Amines. - 6.12.2 Nitriles. - 6.12.3 Nitrites. - 6.13 Atmospheric Chemistry (Gas Phase) of Sulfur Compounds. - 6.13.1 Sulfur Oxides. - 6.13.2 Reduced Sulfur Compounds (Dimethyl Sulfide). - 6.14 Tropospheric Chemistry of Halogen Compounds. - 6.14.1 Chemical Cycles of Halogen Species. - 6.14.2 Tropospheric Chemistry of CFC Replacements: Hydrofluorocarbons (HFCs) and Hydrochlorofluorocarbons (HCFCs). - Problems. - References. - 7 Chemistry of the Atmospheric Aqueous Phase. - 7.1 Liquid Water in the Atmosphere. - 7.2 Absorption Equilibria and Henry's Law. - 7.3 Aqueous-Phase Chemical Equilibria. - 7.3.1 Water. - 7.3.2 Carbon Dioxide-Water Equilibrium. - 7.3.3 Sulfur Dioxide-Water Equilibrium. - 7.3.4 Ammonia-Water Equilibrium. - 7.3.5 Nitric Acid-Water Equilibrium. - 7.3.6 Equilibria of Other Important Atmospheric Gases. - 7.4 Aqueous-Phase Reaction Rates. - 7.5 S(IV)-S(VI) Transformation and Sulfur Chemistry. - 7.5.1 Oxidation of S(IV) by Dissolved O3. - 7.5.2 Oxidation of S(IV) by Hydrogen Peroxide. - 7.5.3 Oxidation of S(IV) by Organic Peroxides. - 7.5.4 Uncatalyzed Oxidation of S(IV) by O2. - 7.5.5 Oxidation of S(IV) by O2 Catalyzed by Iron and Manganese. - 7.5.6 Comparison of Aqueous-Phase S(IV) Oxidation Paths. - 7.6 Dynamic Behavior of Solutions with Aqueous-Phase Chemical Reactions. - 7.6.1 Closed System. - 7.6.2 Calculation of Concentration Changes in a Droplet with Aqueous-Phase Reactions. - Appendix 7.1 Thermodynamic and Kinetic Data. - Appendix 7.2 Additional Aqueous-Phase Sulfur Chemistry. - 7.A.1 S(IV) Oxidation by the OH Radical. - 7.A.2 Oxidation of S(IV) by Oxides of Nitrogen. - 7.A.3 Reaction of Dissolved SO2 with HCHO. - Appendix 7.3 Aqueous-Phase Nitrite and Nitrate Chemistry. - 7.A.4 NOx Oxidation. - 7.A.5 Nitrogen Radicals. - Appendix 7.4 Aqueous-Phase Organic Chemistry. - Appendix 7.5 Oxygen and Hydrogen Chemistry. - Problems. - References. - 8 Properties of the Atmospheric Aerosol. - 8.1 The Size Distribution Function. - 8.1.1 The Number Distribution nN(Dp). - 8.1.2 The Surface Area, Volume, and Mass Distributions. - 8.1.3 Distributions Based on In Dp and log Dp. - 8.1.4 Relating Size Distributions Based on Different Independent Variables. - 8.1.5 Properties of Size Distributions. - 8.1.6 The Lognormal Distribution. - 8.1.7 Plotting the Lognormal Distribution. - 8.1.8 Properties of the Lognormal Distribution. - 8.2 Ambient Aerosol Size Distributions. - 8.2.1 Urban Aerosols. - 8.2.2 Marine Aerosols. - 8.2.3 Rural Continental Aerosols. - 8.2.4 Remote Continental Aerosols. - 8.2.5 Free Tropospheric Aerosols. - 8.2.6 Polar Aerosols. - 8.2.7 Desert Aerosols. - 8.3 Aerosol Chemical Composition. - 8.4 Spatial and Temporal Variation. - 8.5 Vertical Variation. - Problems. - References. - 9 Dynamics of Single Aerosol Particles. - 9.1 Continuum and Noncontinuum Dynamics: The Mean Free Path. - 9.2 The Drag on a Single Particle: Stokes' Law. - 9.2.1 Corrections to Stokes' Law: The Drag Coefficient. - 9.2.2 Stokes' Law and Noncontinuum Effects: Slip Correction Factor. - 9.3 Gravitational Settling of an Aerosol Particle. - 9.4 Motion of an Aerosol Particle in an External Force Field. - 9.5 Brownian Motion of Aerosol Particles. - 9.5.1 Particle Diffusion. - 9.5.2 Aerosol Mobility and Drift Velocity. - 9.5.3 Mean Free Path of an Aerosol Particle. - 9.6 Aer
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 88
    Call number: AWI G9-06-0036 ; AWI G9-10-0040
    Description / Table of Contents: Sixty articles arranged in eight thematic sections refer to most recent geological and geophysical results of Antarctic research. The Precambrian of the East Antarctic shield and its geological history is considered as well as sub-ice topography, geophysics and stratigraphy, sedimentology and geophysics of the surrounding Southern Ocean. Particular emphasis is given to the connection of the Antarctic and the surrounding continents when forming part of Gondwana.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XX, 492 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 3540306730
    ISSN: 3-540-30673-0
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Theme 1 History of Antarctic Research 1.1 The Road to Gondwana via the Early SCAR Symposia / A. B. Ford 1.2 Exploring the Unknown: History of the First German South Polar Expedition 1901–1903 / C. Lüdecke Theme 2 Antarctica – The Old Core 2.1 Characteristics of Metamorphosed Banded Iron Formation and Its Relation to the Magnetic Anomaly in the Mt. Riiser-Larsen Area, Amundsen Bay, Enderby Land, Antarctica / M. Funaki, P. Dolinsky, N. Ishikawa, A. Yamazaki 2.2 Experimental Constraints on the Decompressional P-T Paths of Rundvågshetta Granulites, Lützow-Holm Complex, East Antarctica / T. Kawasaki, Y. Motoyoshi 2.3 Sapphirine – Orthopyroxene – Garnet Granulite from Schirmacher Hills, Central Dronning Maud Land / S. Baba, M. Owada, E. S. Grew, K. Shiraishi 2.4 Genesis of Ferropotassic A-Type Granitoids of Mühlig-Hofmannfjella, Central Dronning Maud Land, East Antarctica / M. J. D’Souza, A. V. K. Prasad, R. Ravindra 2.5 Late Pan-African Fluid Infiltration in the Mühlig-Hofmann- and Filchnerfjella of Central Dronning Maud Land, East Antarctica / A. K. Engvik, S. Elvevold 2.6 Electron Microprobe (EMP) Dating on Monazite from Forefinger Point Granulites, East Antarctica: Implication for Pan-African Overprint / Y. Motoyoshi, T. Hokada, K. Shiraishi 2.7 Tectonic Subdivision of the Prince Charles Mountains: A Review of Geologic and Isotopic Data / E. V. Mikhalsky, A. A. Laiba, B. V. Beliatsky 2.8 Crustal Provinces of the Prince Charles Mountains Region and Surrounding Areas in the Light of Aeromagnetic Data / A. V. Golynsky, V. N. Masolov, V. S. Volnukhin, D. A. Golynsky 2.9 Magnetic Anomalies of the Grove Mountains Region and Their Geological Significance / A. V. Golynsky, D. A. Golynsky, V. N. Masolov, V. S. Volnukhin Theme 3 The Continent Beneath the Ice 3.1 ADMAP – A Digital Magnetic Anomaly Map of the Antarctic / A. V. Golynsky, M. Chiappini, D. Damaske, F. Ferraccioli, C. A. Finn, T. Ishihara, H. R. Kim, L. Kovacs, V. N. Masolov, P. Morris, R. von Frese 3.2 Identifying Major Sedimentary Basins Beneath the West Antarctic Ice Sheet from Aeromagnetic Data Analysis / R. E. Bell, M. Studinger, G. Karner, C. A. Finn, D. D. Blankenship 3.3 Bedrock Plateaus within the Ross Embayment and beneath the West Antarctic Ice Sheet, Formed by Marine Erosion in Late Tertiary Time / D. S. Wilson, B. P. Luyendyk 3.4 Inversion of Airborne Gravity Data Acquired over Subglacial Lakes in East Antarctica / I. Y. Filina, D. D. Blankenship, L. Roy, M. K. Sen, T. G. Richter, J. W. Holt 3.5 Russian Geophysical Studies of Lake Vostok, Central East Antarctica / V. N. Masolov, S. V. Popov, V. V. Lukin, A. N. Sheremetyev, A. M. Popkov 3.6 Morphology of the Subglacial Bed Relief of Lake Vostok Basin Area (Central East Antarctica) Based on RES and Seismic Data / S. V. Popov, A. N. Lastochkin, V. N. Masolov, A. M. Popkov 3.7 Deep Reflection Imaging beneath the Mizuho Plateau, East Antarctica, by SEAL-2002 Seismic Experiment / M. Yamashita, H. Miyamachi, M. Kanao, T. Matsushima, S. Toda, M. Takada, A. Watanabe 3.8 Seismic Anisotropy beneath Northern Victoria Land from SKS Splitting Analysis / S. Pondrelli, L. Margheriti, S. Danesi Theme 4 Gondwana Margins in Antarctica 4.1 Scouting Craton’s Edge in Paleo-Pacific Gondwana / C. A. Finn, J. W. Goodge, D. Damaske, C. M. Fanning 4.2 The Matusevich Fracture Zone in Oates Land, East Antarctica / G. Kleinschmidt, A. L. Läufer 4.3 Tectonic Model for Development of the Byrd Glacier Discontinuity and Surrounding Regions of the Transantarctic Mountains during the Neoproterozoic – Early Paleozoic / E. Stump, B. Gootee, F. Talarico 4.4 Depositional Environments of the Byrd Group, Byrd Glacier Area: A Cambrian Record of Sedimentation, Tectonism, and Magmatism / B. Gootee, E. Stump 4.5 Late-Ross Structures in the Wilson Terrane in the Rennick Glacier Area (Northern Victoria Land, Antarctica) / A. L. Läufer, G. Kleinschmidt, F. Rossetti 4.6 Style of Uplift of Paleozoic Terranes in Northern Victoria Land, Antarctica: Evidence from K-Ar Age Patterns / C. J. Adams Theme 5 Antarctic Peninsula Active Margin Tectonics 5.1 Patagonia – Antarctica Connections before Gondwana Break-Up / F. Hervé, H. Miller, C. Pimpirev 5.2 Moho Depth along the Antarctic Peninsula and Crustal Structure across the Landward Projection of the Hero Fracture Zone / T. Janik, P. Þroda, M. Grad, A. Guterch 5.3 Crustal Thinning and the Development of Deep Depressions at the Scotia- Antarctic Plate Boundary (Southern Margin of Discovery Bank, Antarctica) / J. Galindo-Zaldívar, J. C. Balanyá, F. Bohoyo, A. Jabaloy, A. Maldonado, J. M. Martínez-Martínez, J. Rodríguez-Fernández, E. Suriñach 5.4 Bransfield Basin Tectonic Evolution / J. Galindo-Zaldívar, L. Gamboa , A. Maldonado, S. Nakao, Y. Bochu 5.5 The Sedimentary Sequences of Hurd Peninsula, Livingston Island, South Shetland Islands: Part of the Late Jurassic–Cretaceous Depositional History of the Antarctic Peninsula / C. Pimpirev, K. Stoykova, M. Ivanov, D. Dimov 5.6 Regional Structures and Geodynamic Evolution of North Greenwich (Fort Williams Point) and Dee Islands, South Shetland Islands / J. F. Dumont, E. Santana, F. Hervé, C. Zapata 5.7 The Eocene Volcaniclastic Sejong Formation, Barton Peninsula, King George Island, Antarctica: Evolving Arc Volcanism from Precursory Fire Fountaining to Vulcanian Eruptions / S. B. Kim, Y. K. Sohn, M. Y. Choe 5.8 Elephant Island Recent Tectonics in the Framework of the Scotia-Antarctic-South Shetland Block Triple Junction (NE Antarctic Peninsula) / J. Galindo-Zaldívar, A. Maestro, J. López-Martínez, C. S. de Galdeano 5.9 Tectonics and Geomorphology of Elephant Island, South Shetland Islands / J. López-Martínez, R. A. J. Trouw, J. Galindo-Zaldívar, A. Maestro, L. S. A. Simões, F. F. Medeiros, C. C. Trouw 5.10 Geodynamical Studies on Deception Island: DECVOL and GEODEC Projects / M. Berrocoso, A. García-García, J. Martín-Dávila, M. Catalán-Morollón, M. Astiz, M. E. Ramírez, C. Torrecillas, J. M. E. de Salamanca Theme 6 Antarctic Rift Tectonics 6.1 Mawson Breccias Intrude Beacon Strata at Allan Hills, South Victoria Land: Regional Implications / D. H. Elliot, E. H. Fortner, C. B. Grimes 6.2 What Supports the Marie Byrd Land Dome? An Evaluation of Potential Uplift Mechanisms in a Continental Rift System / W. E. LeMasurier 6.3 A Multi-Phase Rifting Model for the Victoria Land Basin, Western Ross Sea / F. J. Davey, L. De Santis 6.4 Rift History of the Western Victoria Land Basin: A new Perspective Based on Integration of Cores with Seismic Reflection Data / C. R. Fielding, S. A. Henrys, T. J. Wilson 6.5 Constraints on the Timing of Extension in the Northern Basin, Ross Sea / S. C. Cande, J. M. Stock 6.6 The Structure of the Continental Margin off Wilkes Land and Terre Adélie Coast, East Antarctica / J. B. Colwell, H. M. J. Stagg, N. G. Direen, G. Bernardel, I. Borissova 6.7 Post-Rift Continental Slope and Rise Sediments from 38° E to 164° E, East Antarctica / P. E. O’Brien, S. Stanley, R. Parums Theme 7 Antarctic Neotectonics, Observatories and Data Bases 7.1 On Seismic Strain-Release within the Antarctic Plate / A. M. Reading 7.2 Vertical Crustal Deformation in Dronning Maud Land, Antarctica: Observation versus Model Prediction / M. Scheinert, E. Ivins, R. Dietrich, A. Rülke 7.3 Seismic Activity Associated with Surface Environmental Changes of the Earth System, around Syowa Station, East Antarctica / M. Kanao, K. Kaminuma 7.4 Geodynamic Features and Density Structure of the Earth’s Interior of the Antarctic and Surrounded Regions with the Gravimetric Tomography Method / R. Kh. Greku, V. P. Usenko, T. R. Greku 7.5 Some Recent Characteristics of Geomagnetic Secular Variations in Antarctica / A. Meloni, L. R. Gaya-Piqué, P. De Michelis, A. De Santis 7.6 Topographic and Geodetic Research by GPS, Echosounding and ERS Altimetric, and SAR Interferometric Surveys during Ukrainian Antarctic Expeditions in the West Antarctic / R. Greku, G. Milinevsky, Y. Ladanovsky, P. Bahmach, T. Greku 7.7 Geodetic Research o
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 89
    Call number: PIK D 024-06-0103 ; AWI A2-20-86604
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 396 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 310021109X
    Uniform Title: The weathermakers 〈dt.〉
    Language: German
    Note: INHALT Vorwort Karte Das langsame Erwachen I. Teil GAIAS REPERTOIRE 1. Gaia Die Atmosphäre einer Großtante. Wallace' erstaunlicher Luftozean. Lovelocks Ketzerei: Die Daten sind dürftig, aber sie lebt. Das Eis überschreitet eine Grenze - bis das Plankton den Thermostat verstellt. Die wichtige Albedo. Kohle machen - eine weitere Selbstjustierung von Gaia? 2. Der große Luftozean Die vier Atmosphärenschichten und das große Rätsel, warum Berggipfel, obwohl der Sonne näher, kalt sind. Das Fenster in der Mauer aus Gasen. Die irdischen Zusammenhänge - und wie die Luftverschmutzung sie verändert. Ein Mitsornmernachts-Albtraum in New York. Vom Mauna Loa aus der Erde beim Atmen zusehen. 3. Das gasförmige Treibhaus Anfangszweifel an der Macht des CO2. Ein ziemlich knappes Kohlenstoff-Budget. Dreißig Gase, die die Welt aufheizen. Methan: Sümpfe, Fürze und Rülpser. CFKs - Frankenstein'sche Schöpfungen menschlichen Erfindungsreichtums. Wohin mit all den Gigatonnen? Die Kohlenstoff-Lungen, -Speicher und -Nieren der Erde - und die Kohlenstoff-Gaia. Die Lehre einer Dose Limonade. Der irreführende Mississippi. 4. Die Weisen und die Zwiebelschale Kohlenstoff wirft die Frage nach des Menschen Stellung im Weltall auf. Fumifugium und die Vororte der Hölle. Fouriers frierende Erde. Svante Arrhenius rettet sich vor einer gescheiterten Ehe in Berechnungen und entdeckt den Klimawandel. Orthodoxe ignorieren den weitsichtigen Callendar. Milankovic' Gefängnis-Zyklen triumphieren. Flecken auf der Sonne? Die falsche mittelalterliche Warmzeit. 5. Zeitpassagen Stille Trinker bemächtigen sich der geologischen Formationen. Schlüssel zu Zeitpassagen. Lieber zwischen den Zeiten leben als am Ende aller Zeiten. Die Pianolarolle der Sedimente, auf Sauerstoffund Kohlenstoffisotopen gespielt. Eine Zeit wie die Gegenwart? Norweger entdecken die Fischbraterei des Paläozäns. Das Klima als Tempomat der Evolution: Jede Veränderung verändert das Leben an sich. 6. Im Kühlhaus geboren Vor dem Hintergrund des Klimawandels von der Wiege in Afrika zur Welteroberung. Geheimnisse in Holz und Eis. Die warmen Felsen Grönlands und der Riesenkern von Dome C. Zehn Jahrtausende eines Achterbahn-Klimas läuten die Modeme ein. Ein paar Sverdrups könnten uns hinwegspülen. 7. Der lange Sommer Das Anthropozän - unsere eigene geologische Epoche. Hält sie aber schon 200 oder 8000 Jahre an? Keine Feldbestellung vor dem Sommer. Ruddimans Gase entmachten Milankovic' Zyklus - oder doch nicht? Als es in Uruk eng wurde. Fagans Hungersnöte und Ruddimans Pest. Eine abgewürgte Eiszeit? 8. Die Toten ausgraben Big Bill Neidjies Weisheit. Kohle, Gas und Öl: Die Reiter der Kohlenstoff-Apokalypse. Vergrabener Sonnenschein und Kohlenstoffgehalt. Eine kurze Geschichte der Kohle. In Newcomens Ära ist Kohle der Universaltreibstoff. Ein Texaner läutet das Kohlenwasserstoff-Jahrhundert ein. Glitschiges Öl und glückliche Herrscherhäuser. Das Dilemma des Negativhaushalts, die wachsende Familie und die unersättliche Abhängigkeit. II. Teil EINE VON ZEHNTAUSEND 9. Die entzauberte Welt Magische Tore passieren. Der Methusalem unter den Korallen. 1976 drehte das Wetter durch - und trieb die Evolution voran. Und noch einmal 1998, diesmal mit El-Niño-Turbo. Wie wichtig wenig gelesene Zeitschriften sind. Scheckenschmetterlinge unter Druck setzen und die Natur in Richtung der Pole peitschen. Von Eichen und Frostspannern. Den Tanganjikasee entvölkern. Den globalen Fingerabdruck der Katastrophe identifizieren. Das verbrannte Nong-Tal. 10. Alarm an den Polen Antarktisches Gras kündet vom Tod der Kryosphäre. Das beständig schmelzende Eis. Pinguine folgen dem verschwindenden Krill, und Salpen übernehmen die Weltmeere. Das Sterben der Lemminge: Mord, nicht Selbstmord. Das Werk des Fichtenborkenkäfers. Wälder erobern die Tundra. Magere Eisbären bekommen keine Drillinge. Das vereiste Pressen der Rentiere. 11. 2050: Das Große Stummelriff? Nichts ist so schön wie ein Korallenriff. Fossile Fische bei Verona. Erstaunliche Vielfalt - in Abwässern erstickt. Die Dornenkrone der Schönheit. Das Los des jungfräulichen Myrmidon Reef. Warum bleichen sie aus? Die meisten sind halb tot, der Rest ist zum Sterben verdammt. Hoffnung auf Migration oder Adaption? Die Lektion des Gobiodon. 12. Eine Warnung von der Goldkröte Marty Crump, die Frau der Stunde. Meist im Untergrund und höchst gefährdet. Die letzte Krötenorgie. Die Parabel vom Quetzal und vom Fischtukan. Sterbende Eidechsen und eine zufällig dastehende Wetterstation. Zwölf Jahre später kennt man den Grund. Der Bauchbrütende Frosch ist verschwunden. Eine globale Entwicklung? 13. flüssiges Gold: Veränderte Niederschläge Die Tragödie im Sahel - auch ein moralisches Desaster. Der Westen Amerikas und der Süden Australiens: Neue Saharas? Der große Durst von Perth. Erlösen Entsalzungsanlagen Sydney? Der dürre Westen - ein Zyklus oder das neue Klima? 14. Eine energiegeladene Zwiebelschale Woher nehmen Stürme ihre Kraft? Von Hitze, Wasser und Hurrikan-Treibstoff. Vom Schwitzen zu Zyklonen: Eine Erklärung für die Wucht von Mitch. Dem Golf von Bengalen bleibt einiges erspart. Europas todbringender Sommer. Rekordhalter USA. Die Kontinente schrumpfen. 15. Mit dem Blanken Hans spielen Wir Küstenbewohner. Wärme: Leichter aus den Ozeanen herauszuholen als hineinzustecken. Der Panzer und der VW-Käfer. Der plötzliche Tod der schnellen Gletscher von Larsen B. Und was ist mit Grönland? Immer wieder die magische Sieben. Ein Schwergewicht kommt in Schwung. Zu 67 Metern verdammt? III. Teil WEISSAGEN ALS WISSENSCHAFT 16. Modellwelten Captain Fitzroy und die Wettervorhersage. Die Welt als rotierende Schüssel. Schon 1975 hatten sie Recht - fälschlicherweise. Pinatubo-Prognosen. Eine schwarze Kugel und der Aufstand der Skeptiker. Zehn globale Zirkulationsmodelle und wie Wolken das Problem vernebeln. Spuckende Ahnen. Können wir mehr Gewissheit haben - und können 90 000 PCs sich irren? Was ist mit mir? Fragen ist menschlich - oder man lässt es lieber. Regionalprognosen und Rückkopplung. Das Ende des englischen Gartens? 17. Extremer Gefahr ausgeliefert? Ein Nachlauf von 50 Jahren und die wahren Kosten von Heckflossen-Chevrolets. Der Ozean lebt in den siebziger Jahren - und auch die Industrie. Das Treibhausrad lässt sich nicht zurückdrehen. Die Schwelle zu extremer Gefahr: 400 oder 1200 Teile pro Million? Oder haben wir sie bereits überschritten? 18. Die Berge ebnen Adieu, Schnee des Kilimandscharo. Inseln im Himmel. Auf dem Gipfel geht es nicht mehr weiter. Ein schreckliches Maß an Gewissheit. Von Paradiesvögeln, Ringelschwanzbeutlern und Baumkängurus. Verlorenes Weltnaturerbe. Nur Anopheles freut sich. 19. Wohin geht die Reise? Von Florida nach Montreal-Bäume auf Wanderschaft. Eucalyptus - das Schicksal von 819 Arten. Abschied von Fynbos und Karru, den schönsten Blumengärten der Welt. In die Ecke gedrängt: Der Südwesten Australiens. Wer weiterziehen kann, hat es gut. Naturschutzgebiete werden zu Todesfallen. Megastudie prophezeit Massensterben - aber werden es eine von fünf oder sechs von zehn Arten sein? 20. Unendliche Tiefen Warum sterben sie, wenn wir sie erblicken? Eine Welt unerforschter Absonderlichkeiten. Von Zungenkiemern, Großmaulhaien und Laternenanglern. Saures Meer und schalenlose Kammmuscheln. Die letzte Auster? 21. Eine Hand voll Joker Die Bedeutung positiver Rückkopplungsschleifen. Das Konzert der drei Szenarien. Das Pentagon kümmert sich um den Golfstrom - und sieht in seinem Versiegen den Untergang der Zivilisation. Genügend viele Sverdrup. Die Geschichte von HadCM3LC und TRIFFID. Wenn Stomata sich schließen: Tod am Amazonas. Die Clathrate sind los! Die Zeitbombe vor Ihrem Strand. Die positive Rückkopplung der Klimaanlagen. 22. Zivilisation: Mit einem Wimmern vorbei? Der Kern der globalen Gesellschaft. Städte sind wie Regenwälder. Eine wie große Klimawelle kann eine Stadt hinwegfegen? Nahrungsmittelproduktion - so spezialisiert wie ein Säbelzahntiger. Schlechte Ernten in einer Welt voll CO2. »Anpassung« als Genozid und
    Location: A 18 - must be ordered
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: PIK Library
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 90
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Bremerhaven : Alfred-Wegener-Institut
    Associated volumes
    Call number: AWI ZSP-994(2004/2005)
    In: Das AWI in den Jahren, 2004/2005
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 358 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISSN: 1618-3703
    Series Statement: Das AWI in den Jahren 2004/2005
    Language: German , English
    Note: Inhalt = Content 1. Vorwort = Introduction 2. Ausgewählte Forschungsthemen = Selected research topics Algen im Klimawandel: Neue Messmethoden zeigen den Gasaustausch der Zellen in Echtzeit = Algae and climate change: new methods show the gas exchange of cells in real time / Björn Rost, Klaus-Uwe Richter Arktische Klimaprozesse und globale atmo-sphärische Auswirkungen = Arctic climate processes and global atmo-spheric impacts / Klaus Dethloff, Annette Rinke, Elena Sokolova, Subodh Kumar Saha Das Klima der letzten 10 000 Jahre: Eine Verknüpfung aus Beobachtungsdaten, Umweltarchiven und Modellstudien = The climate of the last 10 000 years: Combining observational data with environ-mental archives and model studies / Gerrit Lohmann Chemische Ökologie mariner Protisten - Bedeutung für die Dynamik mariner Nahrungsketten = Chemical ecology of marine protists - implications for marine food web dynamics / Allan Cembella, Uwe John, Bernd Krock, Tilman Alpermann, Urban Tillmann Nährstoffbelastung des Wattenmeeres: Besserung in Sicht = Eutrophication of the Wadden Sea: Signs of improvement / J. E. E. van Beusekom, M. Loebl, K. Reise, A. Schanz Planktonregen im Südpolarmeer: Das europä-ische Eisendüngungsexperiment EIFEX (Euro-pean Iron Fertilization Experiment) = Plankton rain in the Southern Ocean: The Euro-pean Iron Fertilization Experiment EIFEX / Philipp Assmy, Boris Cisewski, Joachim Henjes, Christine Klaas, Oliver Sachs Sind Lebensgemeinschaften polarer Meere Verlierer der Klimaveränderung? = Does global warming pose a threat to polar ecosystems? / Gisela Lannig, Ute Jacob, Thomas Brey, Rainer Knust, Hans-O. Pörtner Marine Genomik – Von den Genen zur Evolution und Ökologie mariner Organismen = Marine Genomics – through genomes to evolution and ecology of marine organisms / Klaus Valentin Frostblumen: Salzige Kristalle auf dünnem Eis = Frost flowers: salty crystals on thin ice / Hans-Werner Jacobi, Sandra Lehmann Gemeinsam in den Hausgarten: Deutsch-französische Kooperation in der Tiefseeforschung = Together ‘en route‘ for HAUSGARTEN:Franco-German co-operation in deep-sea research / Thomas Soltwedel, Michael Klages Fernerkundung in arktischen Periglazial-landschaften – Auf den Spuren der Permafrost-dynamik = Remote sensing in Arctic periglacial landscapes – The tracing of permafrost dynamics / Guido Große, Dirk Wagner, Lutz Schirrmeister Frühling im Weddellmeer: Biologisch-physikalische Wechselwirkungen zwischen Atmosphäre, Eis und Ozean = Go with the floe: biological-physical interac-tions between atmosphere, ice and ocean in the Weddell Sea / Christian Haas, Gerhard Dieckmann, Hartmut Hellmer, Michael Schröder 3. Forschung = Research MARCOPOLI 3.1 MARINE 3.2 COAST 3.3 POLAR 3.4 Neue Themen = Additional funding 4. Entwicklungen in den Fachbereichen = Progresses in the Scientific Divisions 5. Neue Technologien = New technologies 6. Logistik und Forschungsplattformen = Logistics and research platforms 7. Nationale und internationale Zusammenarbeit = National and international cooperation 8. Mariner Umweltschutz = Marine environmental protection 9. Informationszentrum = Information centre 10. Bibliothek = Library 11. Technologietransfer = Technology transfer 12. Presse- und Öffentlichkeitsarbeit = Public relations department 13. Personeller Aufbau und Haushaltsentwicklung = Personnel structure and budget trends 14. Veröffentlichungen, Patente = Publications, patents Anhang = Annex
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 91
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Berlin [u.a.] : Springer
    Call number: AWI S2-06-0363
    Description / Table of Contents: Das Buch führt in die grundlegenden Bereiche der klassischen Zeitreihenanalyse ein. Deshalb spielen in den ersten Kapiteln die Begriffe Stationarität und Autokovarianz- bzw. Autokorrelationsstruktur eine wesentliche Rolle. Ergänzend zu den grundlegenden Modellen werden aber auch schon zu Beginn eine Reihe von Beispielen diskutiert. Mit Hilfe des Spektralsatzes und der Filterung stationärer Zeitreihen kann die wichtige Klasse der ARMA-Modelle sehr effizient und erschöpfend behandelt werden. Die asymptotischen Resultate des Textes beruhen auf einem zentralen Grenzwertresultat für sog. schwach abhängige Zufallsvariable. Es zeigt sich, dass dieses Resultat sowohl die Behandlung linearer Zeitreihenmodelle wie gewisser nichtlinearer und für den Bereich der Finanzzeitreihen wichtiger Zeitreihen erlaubt. Im Weiteren werden dann Schätzmethoden im Spektralbereich von Zeitreihen diskutiert. Neben dem Periodogram werden ebenso auch sog. geglättete Spektraldichteschätzer vollständig behandelt. Kapitel über Modellwahlverfahren und die wesentlichen Grundlagen multivariater Zeitreihen sowie einiger Anhänge, die den Text weitestgehend autark lesbar machen sollen, schließen das Buch ab.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XIV, 388 S. : graph. Darst.
    ISBN: 3540256288
    Series Statement: Statistik und ihre Anwendungen
    Language: German
    Note: Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1 Einführung. - 1.1 Beispiele für Zeitreihen. - 1.2 Trendschätzung. - 1.3 Schätzung saisonaler Anteile in Zeitreihen. - Aufgaben. - 2 Stationarität und grundlegende Modelle der Zeitreihenanalyse. - 2.1 Stationarität von Zeitreihen. - 2.2 Grundlegende stationäre Zeitreihenmodelle. - 2.3 Empirische Autokovarianzen und Autokorrelationen. - 2.4 Gaußsche Zeitreihen. - 2.5 Die partielle Autokorrelation. - Aufgaben. - 3 Die Autokovarianz und die Autokorrelation. - 3.1 Grundlegende Eigenschaften. - 3.2 Spektralmaß und Spektraldichte. - Aufgaben. - 4 Lineare Vorhersage bei endlicher Vergangenheit. - 4.1 Die rekursive Gram-Schmidt-Orthogonalisierung. - 4.2 Die Levinson-Rekursion. - Aufgaben. - 5 Der Spektralsatz für stationäre Zeitreihen. - 5.1 Die Spektraldarstellung zyklischer Zeitreihen. - 5.2 Maße mit orthogonalen Werten und ein stochastisches Integral. - 5.3 Der Spektralsatz. - 5.4 Eine Substitutionsregel für stochastische Integrale. - Aufgaben. - 6 Filterung stationärer Zeitreihen. - 6.1 Grundbegriffe und einfache Eigenschaften von Filtern. - 6.2 Spezielle Filter. - 6.3 Zweiseitige MA-Reihen. - Aufgaben. - 7 ARMA-Modelle. - 7.1 Definition und Existenz von ARMA-Reihen. - 7.2 Kausalität und Invertibilität von ARMA-Reihen. - 7.3 Lineare Li-Filter. - Aufgaben. - 8 Die Autokovarianz und Autokorrelation von ARMA-Reihen im reellen Fall. - 8.1 Die Berechnung der Autokovarianzen von ARMA-Reihen aus der MA-Darstellung. - 8.2 Die Differenzengleichung für die Koeffizienten der MA-Darstellung. - 8.3 Die Differenzengleichung für die Autokovarianzen und die Yule-Walker-Gleichungen bei AR-Reihen. - 8.4 Identifizierbarkeit der Parameter von ARMA-Zeitreihen. - Aufgaben. - 9 Deterministische und rein nicht—deterministische Zeitreihen. - 9.1 Die Wold-Zerlegung. - 9.2 Approximation durch AR- und MA-Reihen. - Aufgaben. - 10 Asymptotische Eigenschaften von Schätzverfahren in linearen Zeitreihenmodellen. - 10.1 Einfache asymptotische Eigenschaften des Stichprobenmittels und der Stichprobenautokovarianz. - 10.2 Schwache Abhängigkeit. - 10.3 Ein zentraler Grenzwertsatz für schwach abhängige Zufallsvariable. - 10.4 Asymptotische Normalität des Stichprobenmittels und der Stichprobenautokovarianz. - Aufgaben. - 11 Parameterschätzung in ARMA Modellen 11.1 Parameterschätzung für autoregressive Zeitreihen. - 11.2 Maximum-Likelihood Schätzer im autoregressiven Modell. - 11.3 Parameterschätzung in autoregressiven Modellen mit wachsender Ordnung. - 11.4 Parameterschätzung für ARMA-Zeitreihen. - Aufgaben. - 12 Schätzen im Spektralbereich. - 12.1 Parametrische Spektraldichteschätzung. - 12.2 Das Periodogramm. - 12.3 Eigenschaften des Periodogramms. - 12.4 Lag-Window-Schätzer der Spektraldichte. - 12.5 Das geglättete Periodogramm. - 12.6 Konfidenzintervalle für die Spektraldichte. - 12.7 Das integrierte Periodogramm. - Aufgaben. - 13 Modellierung mit ARMA-Zeitreihen. - 13.1 ARIMA-Zeitreihen. - 13.2 Ordnungswahl in ARMA-Zeitreihen. - 13.3 Threshold Zeitreihenmodelle. - Aufgaben. - 14 Grundlagen finanzieller Zeitreihen. - 14.1 GARCH-Modelle. - 14.2 Parameterschätzung in GARCH-Modellen. - 14.3 Anwendung der GARCH-Methodik. - Aufgaben. - 15 Grundlagen multivariater Zeitreihen. - 15.1 Multivariate Spektraltheorie. - 15.2 Multivariate Filter. - 15.3 Der quadratische Kohärenzkoeffizient und verwandte Größen. - 15.4 Schätzer der Spektraldichtematrix. - 15.5 Multivariate ARMA-Reihen. - 15.6 Schätzung des Mittelwertvektors und der Autokovarianzmatrix einer multivariaten Zeitreihe. - 15.7 Lineare Vorhersage bei multivariaten Zeitreihen 354 15.8 Zustandsraummodelle. - 15.9 Der Kaiman-Filter zur linearen Vorhersage. - Aufgaben. - A Anhang. - A.1 Einige nützliche Formeln. - A.2 Integration komplexer Funktionen. - A.3 Elementare Hilbertraum Theorie. - A.4 Lösungen einer homogenen Differenzengleichung. - A.5 Konvergenzbegriffe in der Stochastik. - A.6 Die Moore-Penrose-Inverse. - XIV Inhaltsverzeichnis Literaturverzeichnis. -
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 92
    Call number: ZSP-558-26
    In: Middle atmosphere program
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 73 S. : Ill., graph. Darst.
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 93
    Call number: ZSP-168-42
    In: Berichte zur Polarforschung
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 57 S. : graph. Darst.
    ISSN: 0176-5027
    Series Statement: Berichte zur Polarforschung 42
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 94
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Bremerhaven : Alfred-Wegener-Inst. für Polar- und Meeresforschung
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-168-54
    In: Berichte zur Polarforschung
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 94 S. : graph. Darst., Kt.
    ISSN: 0176-5027
    Series Statement: Berichte zur Polarforschung 54
    Language: German
    Note: Zugl.: Kiel, Univ. Diss., 1987
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 95
    Call number: AWI P6-07-0049 ; AWI Atl-20-2041
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 75, 6 Seiten
    Edition: 1. Ausgabe
    ISSN: 0179-0072
    Series Statement: National Antarctic Research Report to SCAR 10, Annex
    Language: German , English , French , Russian , Spanish
    Note: Teilweise in deutscher, englischer, französischer, russischer und spanischer Sprache
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 96
    Call number: 21/SR 90.0917(95) ; MOP 47161 / Mitte ; AWI G9-19-43041
    In: Veröffentlichungen des Zentralinstituts Physik der Erde, Nr. 95
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 118 Seiten , Illustrationen , 30 cm
    Edition: als Manuskript gedruckt
    ISSN: 0514-8790
    Series Statement: Veröffentlichungen des Zentralinstituts Physik der Erde Nr. 95
    Language: German
    Note: Zugleich: Berlin, Akademie der Wissenschaften der DDR, Dissertation A, 1987 , Inhaltsverzeichnis: 0. Vorbemerkungen. - 1. Einleitung. - 2. Theoretische Grundlagen der gesteinsmagnetischen Anisotropieuntersuchungen. - 2.1. Suszeptibilitätsanisotropien in Mineralen. - 2.1.1. Magnetische Kristallanisotropie. - 2.1.2. Magnetische Formanisotropie. - 2.2. Suszeptibilitätsanisotropien in Gesteinen. - 2.3. Symmetriebeziehungen. - 3. Untersuchungsmethodik. - 3.1. Probenentnahme. - 3.2. Probenaufbereitung. - 3.3. Meßwertaufnahme. - 3.4. Meßwertbearbeitung. - 3.5. Fehlerbetrachtung. - 4. Gesteinsmagnetische Anisotropieuntersuchungen an Sedimentiten der Thüringischen und Subherzynen Senke und Magmatiten aus dem Südteil der DDR. - 4.1. Vorbemerkungen. - 4.2. Gesteinsmagnetische Anisotropieuntersuchungen in Sedimentiten. - 4.2.1. Genetische Klassifizierung der gesteinsmagnetischen Anisotropien. - 4.2.2. Anwendung der Methode auf Karbonate der Allertal-Grabenzone (Subherzyne Senke). - 4.2.2.1. Geologische Stellung 4.2.2.2. Ergebnisse der Anisotropieuntersuchungen. - 4.2.3. Anwendung der Methode auf Karbonate aus Randstörungen der Thüringischen Senke. - 4.2.3.1. Geologische Stellung. - 4.2.3.2. Ergebnisse der Anisotropieuntersuchungen. - 4.2.4. Diskussion der Ergebnisse. - 4.2.5. Schlußfolgerungen. - 4.3. Gesteinsmagnetische Anisotropieuntersuchungen an Magmatiten aus dem Südteil der DDR. - 4.3.1. Genetische Klassifizierung gesteinsmagnetischer Anisotropien in Magmatiten. - 4.3.2. Anwendung der Methode auf die Gesteine des Kirchberger Granits. - 4.3.2.1. Geologische Stellung. - 4.3.2.2. Diskussion der gesteinsmagnetischen Untersuchungsergebnisse. - 4.3.3. Anwendung der Methode auf die Gesteine des Meißener Massivs. - 4.3.3.1. Geologische Stellung. - 4.3.3.2. Diskussion der gesteinsmagnetischen Untersuchungsergebnisse. - 4.3.4. Schlußfolgerungen. - 5. Die Anisotropie der Suszeptibilität in den Ketamorphiten der Schirmacher-Oase (Ostantarktika). - 5.1. Vorbemerkungen. - 5.2. Genetische Klassifizierung gesteinsmagnetischer Anisotropien in Metamorphiten. - 5.2.1. Modellvorstellungen zum Orientierungsverhalten ferromagnetischer Minerale bei Deformation. - 5.2.2. Anisotropie der Suszeptibilität und Regionalmetamorphose. - 5.2.3. Anisotropie der Suszeptibilität und Dynamometamorphose. - 5.3. Petromagnetische und petrographisch/petrochemische Eigenschaften der Tektonite (Kataklasite, Mylonite, Blastomylonite) aus einer Störungszone der Schirmacher Oase. - 5.3.1. Geologisch-geophysikalische Übersicht. - 5.3.2. Strukturelle und stoffliche Untersuchungsergebnisse. - 5.3.2.1. Tektonische und petrographisch/petrochemische Ergebnisse. - 5.3.2.2. Zur Anisotropie der gesteinsmagnetischen Eigenschaften 5.3.2.3. Zur kristallographischen Anisotropie (Textur) des Magnetitanteils. - 5.3.3. Diskussion der Ergebnisse und Schlußfolgerungen. - 5.3.3.1. Parameterbeziehung zwischen den petrophysikalischen und stofflichen Ergebnissen aus methodischer Sicht. - 5.3.3.2. Geowissenschaftliehe Komplexinterpretation zur Kinematik der Störungszone. - 6. Anwendung gesteinsmagnetischer Anisotropieuntersuchungen zur Bewertung paläomagnetischer Meßergebnisse. - 6.1. Anisotropie beim Erwerb einer thermoremanenten Magnetisierung (TRM). - 6.2. Anisotropie beim Erwerb einer Sedimentationsremanenz (DRM). - 6.3. Schlußfolgerungen. - 7. Zusammenfassende Ergebnisdarstellung und Schlußfolgerungen für weiterführende Arbeiten. - Literatur.
    Location: Reading room
    Location: MOP - must be ordered
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 97
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Leipzig : Brockhaus
    Call number: 1.4/8928 ; AWI E1-89-0046 ; AWI E1-89-0047 ; AWI E1-18-57292
    Description / Table of Contents: Alfred Wegener (1880-1930) war eine der vielseitigsten Forscherpersönlichkeiten unseres Jahrhunderts. Er beschränkte sich in seinem Schaffen und mit seinen wissenschaftlichen Ideen nicht auf ein enges Fachgebiet. Wegener gab Impulse für die Polarforschung ebenso wie für die Geowissenschaften, von der Geologie über Geophysik und Meteorologie bis hin zur kosmischen Physik. ln seiner Doktorarbeit hatte er in brillanter Weise ein astronomisches Thema behandelt und sich mit seinem 1911 erschienenen Buch "Thermodynamik der Atmosphäre" als Meteorologe vorgestellt, als er am 6.12.1912 mit der kühnen Hypothese vor die in Frankfurt am Main tagende Hauptversammlung der Geologischen Vereinigung trat, nach der die Festländer so "fest" gar nicht wären und sich ihre Lage im Verlauf der Erdgeschichte verschiebe. Er wurde als "Nichtfachmann" nicht ernstgenommen, ja von manchem sogar verhöhnt. Es bedurfte der wissenschaftlichen Erkenntnisse unserer Tage, um die Richtigkeit von Wegeners "Kontinentalverschiebungstheorie'' zu beweisen. Selbst in Fachkreisen ist es wenig bekannt, daß Alfred Wegener aus scharfsinnigen Experimenten Gedanken über die Entstehung der Mondkrater durch Meteoriteneinschlag entwickelte und aus ihnen Vorstellungen über die Entstehung des Mondes und der Erde formulierte, die im Kern wesensgleich mit heutigen Kenntnissen sind. Vier Grönlandexpeditionen boten Alfred Wegener ungelöste wissenschaftliche Aufgaben, ja Abenteuer. Kurz entschlossen hatte er sich als Meteorologe und Physiker um Teilnahme an der Expedition des dänischen Polarforschers Ludvig Mylius-Erichsen beworben und war angenommen worden. Auf dieser seiner ersten GrönIand-Expedition schrieb Wegener am 25.12.1906: "Hier draußen gibt es Arbeit, die des Mannes wert ist, hier gewinnt das Leben Inhalt. Mögen Schwächlinge daheim bleiben und alle Theorien der Welt auswendig lernen, hier draußen Auge in Auge der Natur gegenüberstehen und seinen Scharfsinn an ihren Rätseln erproben, das gibt dem Leben einen ganz ungeahnten Inhalt." Die von Ulrich Wutzke verfaßte Biographie entwirft ein in seinem Detailreichtum fesselndes Bild eines Forscherlebens, dessen wichtigste Stationen Berlin, Marburg, Hamburg und Graz waren. Der Autor hatte Gelegenheit, diese Stationen zu besuchen und an Ort und Stelle zu recherchieren, ja, mit Zeitgenossen Wegeners zu sprechen, die ihn gekannt und erlebt haben, mit Expeditionsteilnehmern, seiner Witwe und seinen Töchtern. Gleichermaßen mit Akribie und Wärme zeichnet Ulrich Wutzke den Lebensweg eines sympathischen, fleißigen Menschen, der immer an der Verbesserung seiner Theorien arbeitete. Durch seinen tragischen Tod im Grönlandeis hat Wegener den Triumph seiner Theorien nicht mehr erleben können.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 272 S. : Ill.
    Edition: 1. Aufl.
    ISBN: 3325001734
    Series Statement: Pioniere der Menschheit. Hervorragende Forscher und Entdecker
    Language: German
    Note: Inhalt: Expeditionsleiter. - 8. Juni 1930; Pfingstsonntag. - Reifejahre. - Wohlbehütete Kindheit. - Studienjahre hier und dort. - Weltrekord!. - Ein Leben für die Wissenschaft. - Grönland!. - Auf unbekannten Wegen. - Triumph und Unglück. - Privatdozent in Marburg. - Die epochale Idee. - Neue Pläne. - Probe auf Island. - Wieder Grönland. - Auf dem Rücken des Gletschers. - Quer durch Grönland. - Treue Gefährtin. - Krieg. - Neubeginn. - Professor in Hamburg. - Karibisches Intermezzo. - Ruf nach Graz. - Ein Traum wird wahr. - Vorbereitungen. - Im Motorboot vor Grönland. - Erfolgreicher Aufstieg. - Suche nach einem Zugang. - Auf dem Kgmarujuk. - Mit Hundeschlitten ins Innere. - Der letzte Winter. - 13.6.1930, der 35. Wartetag. - Die Transporte. - Eismitte. - Erinnerungen. - Anhang. - Literaturverzeichnis. - Register.
    Location: Reading room
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 98
    Call number: G 9135 ; AWI G6-19-54401
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 167 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Language: German
    Note: Karlsruhe, Univ., Diss., 1988 , Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1 Einleitung und Zielsetzung. - 2. Geographie - Geologie - Tektonik. - 3. Geologisch-petrographischer Überblick - Geländebeobachtungen. - 4. Probennahme und Aufbereitung. - 5. Analytik. - 5.1. Methoden. - 5.2. Analysengenauigkeit. - 6. Darstellung und Diskussion der Ergebnisse. - 6.1. Gabbroide Gesteine. - 6.1.1 Petrographie. - 6.1.2. Chemismus. - 6.1.2.1. Nomenklatur. - 6.1.2.2. Haupt- und Spurenelemente. - 6.1.2.3. Seltene Erden und Spider-Diagramme. - 6.1.2.4. Mineralehemimus. - 6.2. Monzodioritische Gesteine. - 6.2.1. Petrographie. - 6.2.2. Chemismus. - 6.2.2.1. Haupt- und Spurenelemente. - 6.2.2.2. Seltene Erden und Spider-Diagramme. - 6.2.2.3. Mineralchemismus. - 6.3. Syenitische Gesteine. - 6.3.1. Petrographie. - 6.3.2. Chemismus. - 6.3.2.1. Haupt- und Spurenelemente. - 6.3.2.2. Seltene Erden und Spider-Diagramme. - 6.3.2.3. Mineralchemismus. - 6.4. Basalte. - 6.4.1. Petrographie. - 6.4.2. Chemismus. - 6.4.2.1. Nomenklatur. - 6.4.2.2. Haupt- und Spurenelemente. - 6.4.2.3. Seltene Erden und Spider-Diagramme. - 6.5. Ganggesteine. - 6.5.1. Petrographie und Verbreitung. - 6.5.2. Chemismus. - 6.5.2.1. Haupt- und Spurenelemente. - 6.5.2.2. Seltene Erden und Spider-Diagramme. - 7. Genetische Überlegungen. - 8. Zusammenfassung. - 9. Literaturverzeichnis. - Anhang. - Anmerkungen zu den Probenkarten 1 bis 3 und den Tabellen A bis E. - Probenkarten 1 bis 3. - Tab. A: Probenverzeichnis. - Tab. B: Haupt- und Spurenelementanalysen, normativer Mineralbestand und berechnete Parameter. - Tab. C: SEE-Analysen. - Tab. D: Mineralanalysen der Clinopyroxene. - Tab. E: Mineralanalysen der Olivine. -
    Location: Upper compact magazine
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 99
    Journal available for loan
    Journal available for loan
    Woods Hole, Mass. : Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution
    Associated volumes
    Call number: AWI P6-89-0371
    In: Oceanus
    Type of Medium: Journal available for loan
    Pages: 112 Seiten , Illustrationen, graphische Darstellungen, Karten
    ISSN: 0029-8182
    Series Statement: Oceanus 31,2
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: A reader's guide to the Antarctic / James H. W. Hain. - Introduction: The callenge of Antarctic Science / David J. Drewry. - The Antarctic Treaty. - The Antarctic Treaty System / Lee A. Kimball. - The Antarctic Mineral Resources Negotiations / R. Tucker Scully. - The Antarctic Legal Regime and the Law of the Sea / Christopher C. Joyner. - Antarctica: Is there any oil and natural gas? / David H. Elliot. - The Southern Ocean and global climate / Arnold L. Gordon. - The Antarctic Ozone Hole / Mario J. Molina. - The Antarctic Circumpolar current / Thomas Whitworth III. - Antarctic Marine Living Resources / Kenneth Sherman, and Alan F. Ryan. - Whales / Douglas G. Chapman. - Seals / Donald B. Siniff. - The BIOMASS Program / Sayed Z. El-Sayed. - Antarctic Logistics / Alfred N. Fowler. - The Soviet Antarctic Program / Lawson W. Brigham. - The growth of Antarctic Tourism / Paul Dudley Hart. - Protecting the Antarctic Environment / Gerald S. Schatz. - Environmental Threats in Antarctica / Paul S. Bogart. - Letters. - Book reviews.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 100
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Hanover, NH : U.S. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-201-88/2
    In: CRREL Report, 88-2
    Description / Table of Contents: While many materials undergo phase change at a fixed temperature, soil systems exhibit a definite zone of phase change. The variation of unfrozen water with temperature causes a soil system to freeze of thaw over a finite temperature range. Exact and approximate solutions are given for conduction phase change of plane layers of soil with unfrozen water contents that vary linearly and quadratically with temperature. The temperature and phase change depths were found to vary significantly from those predicted for the constant-temperature or Neumann problem. The thermal conductivity and specific heat of the soil within the mushy zone varied as a function of unfrozen water content. It was found that the effect of specific heat is negligible, while the effect of variable thermal conductivity can be accounted for by a proper choice of thermal properties used in the constant-thermal-property solution.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: v, 30 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: CRREL Report 88-2
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS Abstract Nomenclature Preface Introduction Basic equations Two-zone problems Linear unfrozen water function Quadratic unfrozen water function Three-zone problems Linear unfrozen water function Quadratic unfrozen water function Conclusions Literature cited Appendix A: Derivation of the mushy zone equation Appendix B: Solution of the two-zone problem with a linear t and variable thermal properties
    Location: AWI Archive
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
Close ⊗
This website uses cookies and the analysis tool Matomo. More information can be found here...